Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

we sat (down) at the bar

  • 1 barra

    f.
    barra de labios lipstick
    barra (de pan) baguette, French stick
    2 bar.
    barra americana (counter) = bar where hostesses chat with clients
    barra libre = unlimited drink for a fixed price
    3 barre.
    4 slash, oblique.
    5 gang (informal) (group of friends). ( River Plate)
    barra brava = group of violent soccer supporters
    6 barbell.
    7 curtain pole.
    pres.subj.
    1st person singular (yo) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: barrer.
    * * *
    1 (en bar, cafetería) bar
    3 (de helado) block
    4 (de pan) loaf
    5 (en tribunal) bar, rail
    6 (signo de puntuación) slash, solidus
    7 (de arena) sand bar
    \
    no reparar en barras to stop at nothing
    barra americana hostess bar
    barra de carmín→ link=barrabarra de labios
    barra de equilibrio→ link=barrabarra fija
    barra de labios lipstick
    barra de menú menu bar
    barra fija DEPORTE horizontal bar, beam
    barra inversa backslash
    barra libre free bar
    barras paralelas parallel bars
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) bar
    2) rail
    3) rod
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=pieza alargada) bar; [de metal] bar, ingot; [en armario] rail; [en un bar] bar, counter; [en autoservicio] counter; (Mec) rod; [de bicicleta] crossbar

    barra de chocolate — Cono Sur bar of chocolate, chocolate bar, candy bar (EEUU)

    barra de desplazamiento vertical — (Inform) scrollbar

    barra de herramientas — (Inform) toolbar

    barra de pan — French stick, French loaf

    barra fija — horizontal bar, fixed bar

    2) (Tip) (tb: barra oblicua) oblique stroke, slash
    3) (Heráldica) stripe, bar
    4) (Náut) bar, sandbank
    5) (Jur) (=banquillo) dock

    la Barra — Méx the Bar, the legal profession, the Bar Association (EEUU)

    6) (Mús) bar
    7) Cono Sur (=público) [en concierto, espectáculo] audience, spectators pl ; (Dep) fans pl, supporters pl

    barra brava — gang of hard-line supporters

    8) Cono Sur (=pandilla) gang; (=camarilla) clique, coterie
    9) Caribe river mouth, estuary
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( de armario) rail; ( para cortinas) rod, pole; ( de bicicleta) crossbar
    b) ( de oro) bar; (de turrón, helado) block; ( de jabón) bar; ( de desodorante) stick; ( de chocolate) bar; ( de pan) (Esp, Méx) stick, French loaf
    2)
    a) (banda, franja) bar
    b) (Mús) bar (line)
    c) ( signo de puntuación) oblique, slash
    3) (para ballet, gimnasia) bar
    4) (de bar, cafetería) bar
    5) (AmL fam)
    a) (de hinchas, seguidores) supporters (pl)

    ¿qué gritan la(s) barra(s)? — what are the supporters shouting?

    hacerle barra a alguien — (Andes fam) to cheer somebody on

    b) ( de amigos) gang (colloq)
    6) (Geog)
    a) ( banco de arena) sandbank, bar
    b) (CS) ( desembocadura) mouth
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( de armario) rail; ( para cortinas) rod, pole; ( de bicicleta) crossbar
    b) ( de oro) bar; (de turrón, helado) block; ( de jabón) bar; ( de desodorante) stick; ( de chocolate) bar; ( de pan) (Esp, Méx) stick, French loaf
    2)
    a) (banda, franja) bar
    b) (Mús) bar (line)
    c) ( signo de puntuación) oblique, slash
    3) (para ballet, gimnasia) bar
    4) (de bar, cafetería) bar
    5) (AmL fam)
    a) (de hinchas, seguidores) supporters (pl)

    ¿qué gritan la(s) barra(s)? — what are the supporters shouting?

    hacerle barra a alguien — (Andes fam) to cheer somebody on

    b) ( de amigos) gang (colloq)
    6) (Geog)
    a) ( banco de arena) sandbank, bar
    b) (CS) ( desembocadura) mouth
    * * *
    barra1
    1 = bar, crossbar.

    Ex: While a label is being scanned, the bars should always be visible through the windows.

    Ex: The fact that ladies bikes have no crossbar dates back to Victorian times when the ladies of the day would wear long skirts and ride side-saddle.
    * barra amortiguadora = strut.
    * barra cortasangre = styptic pencil.
    * barra cruzada = crossbar.
    * barra de cacao de labios = chapstick.
    * barra de chocolate = candy bar.
    * barra de cortina = curtain pole.
    * barra de desplazamiento = space bar.
    * barra de herramientas = toolbar.
    * barra de labios = lipstick.
    * barra de menú = menu bar.
    * barra de pago = no-host bar.
    * barra de pan = loaf of bread, loaf, French bread.
    * barra en vídeo inverso de selección en pantalla = highlighting bar.
    * barra espaciadora = space bar.
    * barra hemostática = styptic pencil.
    * barra inclinada (/) = slash (/), diagonal slash, oblique stroke (/), stroke (/), sloped stroke (/), oblique line (/), oblique.
    * barra inclinada a la izquierda () = backslash ().
    * barra redonda de madera = dowelling.
    * barras de color = colour bar.
    * barra vertical (|) = vertical stroke (|).
    * carta de barras de color = colour bar.
    * codificación por medio de códigos de barras = barcoding [bar-coding].
    * codificar por medio de códigos de barras = barcode [bar-code].
    * código de barras = barcode [bar-code], softstrip.
    * desplazarse en pantalla pulsando la barra espaciadora = space over.
    * diagrama de barras = bar chart, bar graph.
    * etiqueta de código de barras = barcode label.
    * lector de código de barras = barcode reader, barcode scanner.

    barra2

    Ex: Some pubs have menus on the tables, others have menus on the bar counter or chalked on blackboards - or both.

    * barra de bar = bar counter.
    * barra de pago = cash bar.
    * barra libre = open bar.
    * caballete de la barra = bar-catch.

    * * *
    A
    1 (larga y delgada — en un armario) rail; (— para cortinas) rod, pole; (— de bicicleta) crossbar
    2 (bloque — de oro) bar; (— de turrón, helado) block; (— de jabón) bar; (— de desodorante) stick
    3 (de chocolate — tableta) bar; (— trozo) square
    4 (Esp, Méx) (de pan) stick, French loaf
    no pararse en barras ( Esp); to stop at nothing
    Compuestos:
    Krooklok®
    ( AmL) soccer club's violent supporters; firm ( BrE colloq)
    track rod
    ( Col) gear shift ( AmE), gear lever o stick ( BrE)
    space bar
    ( Inf) status bar
    ( Inf) toolbar
    lipstick
    ( Inf) title bar
    ( Inf) task bar
    space bar
    roll bar
    B
    1 (banda, franja) bar
    las barras y estrellas the Stars and Stripes
    2 ( Mús) bar, bar line
    3 (signo de puntuación) oblique, slash
    Compuesto:
    backslash
    C ( Dep) (para ballet, gimnasia) bar
    ejercicios en la barra bar exercises
    Compuestos:
    beam
    horizontal bar
    torsion bar
    fpl asymmetric bars (pl), uneven bars (pl) ( AmE)
    fpl parallel bars (pl)
    beam
    D (de un bar, una cafetería) bar
    nos sentamos en la barra we sat (down) at the bar
    Compuestos:
    hostess bar
    free bar
    E
    1
    ( AmL fam) (de hinchas, seguidores): ¿qué grita la barra? or ¿qué gritan las barras? what's the crowd o what are the fans shouting?
    tiene su propia barra he has his own group of fans
    hacerle barra a algn ( Andes fam); to cheer sb on
    tenerle buena/mala barra a algn ( Chi fam): mi jefe me tiene buena/mala barra I'm in/not in favor with my boss, I'm in my boss's good/bad books
    él es buena gente, pero a mí me tiene mala barra he's a nice person but he has something against me
    tomarle mala barra a algn ( Chi fam); to take against sb
    Compuestos:
    masculine and feminine (CS, Per) hooligan
    ( Méx) bar
    F ( Geog)
    1 (banco de arena) sandbank, bar
    2 (CS) (desembocadura) mouth
    * * *

     

    Del verbo barrer: ( conjugate barrer)

    barra es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    barra    
    barrer
    barra sustantivo femenino
    1

    ( para cortinas) rod, pole;
    ( de bicicleta) crossbar
    b) (de oro, jabón, chocolate) bar;

    (de turrón, helado) block;
    ( de desodorante) stick;
    ( de pan) (Esp, Méx) stick, French loaf;

    2
    a) (banda, franja) bar

    b) (Mús) bar (line)


    3 (para ballet, gimnasia) bar;

    barras asimétricas/paralelas asymmetric/parallel bars (pl)
    4 (de bar, cafetería) bar
    5 (AmL fam)
    a) (de hinchas, seguidores) supporters (pl)

    b) ( de amigos) gang (colloq)

    6 (Inf):

    barrer ( conjugate barrer) verbo transitivo
    1 ‹suelo/cocina› to sweep
    2


    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( con escoba) to sweep
    2 ( arrasar) [equipo/candidato] to sweep to victory;
    barra con algo ‹con premios/medallas› to walk off with sth;

    barrió con todos los premios she walked off with all the prizes
    barrerse verbo pronominal (Méx) [ vehículo] to skid;
    (en fútbol, béisbol) to slide
    barra sustantivo femenino
    1 bar
    2 (de un bar, cafetería, etc) bar
    3 (de labios) lipstick
    4 (de pan) French loaf, baguette
    5 Inform barra de desplazamiento, scroll
    barra de estado, status bar
    6 Gimn barra fija, horizontal bar
    barrer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to sweep: hace una semana que no barro el salón, I haven't swept the living room for a week
    el anticiclón está barriendo el norte, the anticyclone is sweping through the North
    2 (destruir, rechazar) to sweep away
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en una votación) to win by a landslide: el partido conservador barrió en las regiones del norte, the conservatives won by a landslide in the North
    2 (acaparar, agotar las existencias) to take away: los clientes barrieron con las ofertas, the customers snapped up the bargains
    ♦ Locuciones: barrer para casa, to look after number one
    ' barra' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    barrote
    - camarera
    - camarero
    - carmín
    - cuscurro
    - doblar
    - pan
    - desodorante
    - eje
    - jabón
    - tiza
    - toallero
    English:
    baguette
    - bar
    - beam
    - bread
    - counter
    - loaf
    - oblique
    - rail
    - rod
    - slash
    - space bar
    - spike
    - stroke
    - cross
    - lip
    - scroll
    - tiller
    - tool
    - towel
    * * *
    ♦ nf
    1. [pieza alargada] bar;
    [redonda] rod; [de bicicleta] crossbar;
    barra (de pan) French loaf o Br stick;
    no se para en barras nothing stops him
    Aut barra antivuelco anti-roll bar;
    barra espaciadora space bar;
    Aut barras laterales side (impact) bars; Tec barra del pistón piston rod
    2. [bloque] [de hielo] block;
    [de chocolate] bar barra de labios lipstick
    3. [de bar, café] bar [counter]
    barra americana = bar where hostesses chat with clients;
    barra libre = unlimited drink for a fixed price
    4. [en escudo, bandera] bar
    5. [para bailarines]
    barra (fija) barre, bar
    6. Dep barras asimétricas asymmetric bars;
    barra de equilibrios balance beam;
    barra fija horizontal bar, high bar;
    barras paralelas parallel bars
    7. Mús bar (line)
    8. [signo gráfico] slash, oblique
    barra invertida backslash;
    barra oblicua slash, oblique
    barra de menús menu bar;
    barra de tareas task bar
    10. [tribunal]
    llevar a alguien a la barra to take sb to court
    11. [de arena] bar, sandbank
    12. CSur [desembocadura] mouth
    13. Andes, RP Fam [grupo de amigos] gang;
    tiene una barra muy linda she hangs out with a very nice crowd
    14. Andes, RP Fam [público] crowd, spectators;
    los chiflidos de la barra o [m5] las barras eran ensordecedores the fans' whistles were deafening
    barra brava = group of violent soccer fans
    ♦ nmf
    RP Fam [en fútbol] = member of a group of violent soccer fans
    * * *
    f
    1 de metal, en bar bar;
    en la barra at the bar;
    no te fíes de ellos, que no se paran en barras fig don’t trust them, they’ll stop at nothing
    2 de cortinas rod
    3 MÚS bar;
    doble barra double bar
    * * *
    barra nf
    : bar
    * * *
    3. (de pan) French stick / baguette
    ¿cuántas barras compramos? how many French sticks shall we buy?
    4. (de helado) block

    Spanish-English dictionary > barra

  • 2 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    ① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    ② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    ③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    ④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    ⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    ⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    ⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    ⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    ⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    ⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    ⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    ⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against
    ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    ⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    ⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    ⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    ⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    ⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    ⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    ⓒ w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 3 μετά

    μετά (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc., in the NT not (B-D-F §203; Rob. 610) w. dat.—For lit. s. ἀνά, beg.; also for μετά (and σύν) Tycho Mommsen, Beiträge zu d. Lehre v. den griech. Präp. 1895. Basic idea: ‘in the vicinity of ’.
    A. w. gen. with
    ① marker of placement, with, among, in company with someone (Gen 42:5; EpArist 180; En 22:13; 99:10; PsSol 4:6; JosAs 10:3 al.) or someth. ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων he was among the wild animals Mk 1:13 (Diog. L. 6, 92 μόσχοι μετὰ λύκων). ἦν συγκαθήμενος μ. τῶν ὑπηρετῶν he sat down among the servants 14:54. μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη he was classed among the criminals Mk 15:28; Lk 22:37. τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μ. τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει he will assign him his lot among the faithless (unbelievers?) Lk 12:46; cp. Mt 24:51. ζῆτειν τὸν ζῶντα μ. τῶν νεκρῶν seek the living among the dead Lk 24:5. μὴ γογγύζετε μετʼ ἀλλήλων do not grumble among yourselves J 6:43. εἱστήκει Ἰούδας μετʼ αὐτῶν 18:5. ἡ σκηνὴ τ. θεοῦ μετὰ τ. ἀνθρώπων Rv 21:3a. μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν in the midst of the clouds 1:7.
    ② marker of assoc. in gener. sense denoting the company within which someth. takes place, with
    ⓐ w. gen. of pers. in company w. whom someth. takes place
    α. w. verbs of going, remaining, etc. προσέρχεσθαι μ. τινος come (in company) with someone Mt 20:20; cp. 5:41; Mk 1:29; 3:7; 5:24, 37; 11:11; 14:17; Lk 2:51; 6:17; 9:49; 14:31; J 3:22b; 11:54; Ac 24:1; Gal 2:1. Angels accompanying the Messiah Mt 25:31; cp. 16:27; Mk 8:38; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 1:7. περιπατεῖν μ. τινος (Menand., Fgm. 178 Kö., Sam. 587f S. [242f Kö.]; ApcEsdr 6:12) J 6:66. γίνεσθαι μ. τινος be, remain with someone Ac 7:38; 9:19; 20:18; AcPlCor 2:4 (ApcMos 2 ἐγένοντο μ. ἀλλήλων). οἱ μ. αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his companions Mk 16:10. μένειν μ. τινος stay with someone 1J 2:19 (ParJer 3:15). ζήσασα μ. ἀνδρός Lk 2:36. ἀκολουθεῖν μ. τινος follow (after) someone Rv 6:8; 14:13 (s. ἀκολουθέω 2).
    β. used w. trans. verbs ἄγειν τινὰ μ. ἑαυτοῦ bring someone along (s. ἄγω 1b) 2 Ti 4:11. παραλαμβάνειν τινὰ μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ take or bring someone along (as a companion) (Gen 22:3) Mt 12:45; 18:16; Mk 14:33. ἔχειν τι μ. ἑαυτοῦ have someth. with oneself: bread 8:14; τινά someone (PGM 4, 1952): the lame Mt 15:30; the poor Mk 14:7; Mt 26:11; J 12:8; the bridegroom Mk 2:19b. Pass. συγκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τ. ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων he was chosen (to serve) with the eleven apostles Ac 1:26 (cp. Himerius, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 3 μετὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀριθμούμενος=numbered with the gods).
    γ. esp. εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, in someone’s company.
    א. lit. of close association: the disciples w. Jesus Mt 26:69, 71; Mk 3:14; 14:67; Lk 22:59; J 15:27; 17:24. Also of accompaniment for a short time Mt 5:25; J 3:26; 9:40; 12:17; 20:24, 26. Of Jesus’ association w. his disciples 13:33; 14:9; 16:4; 17:12. Of relations between the superintendent and the congregation μετὰ τ. ἐπισκόπου εἶναι be with, on the side of, the supervisor/bishop IPhld 3:2. οἱ μ. τινος (sc. ὄντες) someone’s friends, companions, etc. (Diod S 17, 96, 2 οἱ μεθʼ Ἡρακλέους; SIG 175, 5; 659, 5; 826e II, 30; Am 4:2; 8:10; Gen 24:59; 1 Macc 7:23; JosAs 27:7; AscIs 2:15; 3:6, 14; Jos., Vi. 397, Ant. 7, 20; Just., D. 8, 3 al.) Mt 12:3f; 26:51; Mk 1:36; 2:25; Lk 6:3f. Of things ἄλλα πλοῖα ἦν μ. αὐτοῦ other boats were with him, accompanied him Mk 4:36. ὁ μισθός μου μετʼ ἐμοῦ (sc. ἐστιν) Rv 22:12. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ the fire (of judgment) awaits him (the interpretation of the Armenian text; sim. the Lat.) AcPlCor 2:37.
    ב. in ref. to supportiveness be with someone, stand by, help someone of God’s help (Gen 21:20; 26:3; 28:20 al.; Jos., Ant. 15, 138) J 3:2; 8:29; 16:32; Ac 7:9 (cp. Gen 39:2, 21); 10:38; cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 8:8); Lk 1:28; Ro 15:33. Of God’s hand (1 Ch 4:10) Lk 1:66; Ac 11:21. Of Christ: Mt 28:20; Ac 18:10.
    ג. a favorite expr. in conclusions of letters ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ εἰρήνης ἔσται μ. ὑμῶν will be with you 2 Cor 13:11; cp. Phil 4:9; ὁ κύριος κτλ. 2 Th 3:16 (cp. Ruth 2:4); 2 Ti 4:22. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ μ. ὑμῶν (sc. ἔσται) 1 Cor 16:23; cp. 1 Th 5:28; 1 Cl 65:2. μ. τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25; 21:9. μ. πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Th 3:18; cp. Eph 6:24. Short and to the point: ἡ χάρις μ. ὑμῶν Col 4:18; 1 Ti 6:21; cp. Tit 3:15; Hb 13:25. ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν χάρις ἔλεος εἰρήνη 2J 3.—ἡ ἀγάπη μου μ. πάντων ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ my love is with you all in Christ Jesus 1 Cor 16:24. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τ. θεοῦ καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Cor 13:13 (WvanUnnik, Dominus Vobiscum: liturg. formula, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 270–305; on the Trinitarian formula s. the lit. on πνεῦμα 8).—In the expr. ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μ. αὐτῶν Ac 14:27; 15:4 (cp. Hs 5, 1, 1) ὤν could be supplied what God has done in helping them; but ποιεῖν can just as well go w. μ. αὐτῶν has done for them, after the analogy of עָשָׂה עִם פּ׳ (Tob 12:6; 13:7 ἃ ποιήσει μεθʼ ὑμῶν; Jdth 8:26 ὅσα ἐποίησεν μετὰ Ἀβραάμ; 15:10; 1 Macc 10:27. In addition, cp. BGU 798, 8 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῇ ἡμῶν δεσποίνῃ εἰς πάντα τὰ καλὰ ἃ ἐποίησεν μετὰ τ. δούλων αὐτῆς. But s. also LMaloney, ‘All That God Had Done with Them’ ’91, 118–21: God works ‘with’ the apostles and ‘through’ them). Here also belongs ποιεῖν ἔλεος μ. τινος have mercy on someone, show mercy to someone (Gen 24:12; 2 Km 3:8; JosAs 23:4) Lk 1:72; 10:37 (MWilcox, The Semitisms in Ac, ’65, 84f). ἐμεγάλυνεν κύριος τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτῆς the Lord has shown great mercy to her 1:58 (cp. 1 Km 12:24; Ps 125:2f).—In πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μ. τοῦ προσώπου σου Ac 2:28=Ps 15:11 the LXX has literally translated אֶת־פָּנֶיךָ; it means in your presence.
    ד. in ref. to taking sides or being allied in some way with someone: in contrast to εἶναι κατά τινος be against someone is εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, on someone’s side Mt 12:30a; Lk 11:23a (AFridrichsen, ZNW 13, 1912, 273–80).
    ⓑ to denote the company in which an activity or experience takes place: ἀνακεῖσθαι μ. τινος recline at table with someone (for a meal) Mt 26:20. ἀνακλιθῆναι 8:11; cp. Lk 24:30. βασιλεύειν Rv 20:4, 6. γρηγορεῖν Mt 26:38, 40. δειπνεῖν Rv 3:20 (TestJob 15:2). δουλεύειν Gal 4:25. ἐμπαίζειν Mt 27:41. ἐσθίειν 9:11; 24:49; Mk 2:16ab; 14:14, 18; Lk 5:30 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 9 [Stone p. 10]). ἠρώτα … ἵνα φάγῃ μ. αὐτοῦ he asked (him) to eat with him 7:36 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 21 [Stone p. 68]; JosAs 7:1). εὐφραίνεσθαι 15:29; Ro 15:10 (Dt 32:43). κλαίειν 12:15b. κληρονομεῖν Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10; Just., D. 26, 1; cp. συγκληρονομεῖν JosAs 24:9). πίνειν Mt 26:29. ποιεῖν τὸ πάσχα celebrate the Passover (with someone) 26:18. συνάγειν 12:30b; Lk 11:23b. συνεσθίειν Gal 2:12. ταράττεσθαι Mt 2:3. τρώγειν J 13:1 v.l. χαίρειν Ro 12:15a.
    ⓒ The associative aspect can also derive expression from the fact that two opposite parties exert influence upon one another or that one party brings the other to adopt a corresponding, and therefore common, attitude
    α. in friendly, or at least not in hostile, fashion: εἰρηνεύειν (3 Km 22:45) Ro 12:18; cp. 2 Ti 2:22; Hb 12:14. εὐθηνίαν ἔχειν Hm 2:3. κοινωνίαν ἔχειν 1J 1:3a, 7. λαλεῖν μετά τινος (cp. Gen 31:24, 29; 1 Macc 7:15) Mk 6:50; J 4:27ab. συλλαλεῖν μ. τινος Mt 17:3; Ac 25:12. συμβούλιον διδόναι Mk 3:6. συνάγεσθαι Mt 28:12; J 18:2. συνᾶραι λόγον Mt 18:23; 25:19. ἐγένοντο φίλοι ὅ τε. Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πιλᾶτος μετʼ ἀλλήλων Lk 23:12. οἱ μοιχεύοντες μετʼ αὐτῆς those who commit adultery with her Rv 2:22. πορνεύειν (cp. Ezk 16:34; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 7 [Stone p. 24]) 17:2; 18:3, 9. μολύνεσθαι 14:4 (cp. En 12:4 τῶν γυναικῶν ἐμιάνθησαν).
    β. in hostile fashion; after verbs of fighting, quarreling, etc. to denote the pers. w. whom the strife is being carried on πολεμεῖν μ. τινος carry on war with = against someone (נִלְחַם עִם פּ׳ 1 Km 17:33; 3 Km 12:24; ParJer 7:10. But s. also OGI 201, 3 ἐπολέμησα μετὰ τῶν Βλεμύων; BGU 1035, 9; 11. Also in Mod. Gk. [AThumb, Hdb. der neugriech. Volkssprache2 1910 §162, 1 note]) Rv 2:16; 12:7; 13:4; 17:14 (B-D-F §193, 4; Rob. 610). Also πόλεμον ποιεῖν (Gen 14:2; 1 Ch 5:19) 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:21 Theod.); 19:19. ζητεῖν μ. τινος deliberate or dispute w. someone J 16:19; cp. 3:25 (cp. ApcEsdr 2:6 δικάζου μεθʼ ἡμῶν). κρίνεσθαι go to law w. someone 1 Cor 6:6. κρίματα ἔχειν μ. τινος have lawsuits w. someone vs. 7.
    ⓓ of any other relation betw. persons, whether already existing or brought about in some manner εἶδον τὸ παιδίον μ. Μαρίας Mt 2:11. ἀνταποδοῦναι ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν μ. ἡμῶν 2 Th 1:7. ἐκδέχομαι αὐτὸν μ. τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Cor 16:11. Of delegations, composed of several units Mt 22:16; 2 Cor 8:18. συμφωνεῖν Mt 20:2.
    ⓔ of things ὧν τὸ αἷμα ἔμιξεν μ. τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν Lk 13:1. Pass. πιεῖν οἶνον μ. χολῆς μεμιγμένον Mt 27:34.
    ⓕ to show a close connection betw. two nouns, upon the first of which the main emphasis lies (Thu. 7, 75, 3 λύπη μ. φόβου; Pla., Rep. 9, 591b ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας λαμβάνειν; Ar. 11:2 τόξον ἔχειν μ. φαρέτρας) ἀγάπη μ. πίστεως Eph 6:23. πίστις μ. σωφροσύνης 1 Ti 2:15. εὐσέβεια μ. αὐταρκείας 6:6. Cp. Eph 4:2b; Col 1:11; 1 Ti 1:14. φάρμακον μ. οἰνομέλιτος ITr 6:2.
    ③ marker of attendant circumstances of someth. that takes place, with
    ⓐ of moods, emotions, wishes, feelings, excitement, states of mind or body (Xenophon Eph. 1, 15, 5 μ. ἀδείας; 2, 10, 4 μ. ἐπιμελείας; PAmh II, 133, 11 μετὰ πολλῶν κόπων; PLond II, 358, 8 p. 172 [II A.D.]; SIG index IV p. 445f; LXX [Johannessohn, Präp. 209ff]; En et al.) μ. αἰδοῦς with modesty 1 Ti 2:9. μ. αἰσχύνης with shame (s. αἰσχύνη 2) Lk 14:9. μ. εὐνοίας Eph 6:7. μ. εὐχαριστίας Phil 4:6; 1 Ti 4:3f; cp. Ac 24:3. μετὰ χαρᾶς (2 Macc 15:28; 3 Macc 5:21; 6:34; En 10:16; PsSol 8:16 al.; s. χαρά 1a) 1 Th 1:6; Hb 10:34; 13:17; cp. Phil 2:29. μ. φόβου καὶ τρόμου 2 Cor 7:15; Eph 6:5; Phil 2:12. μ. φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς Mt 28:8. μ. πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 Pt 3:16. μ. παρρησίας (Lev 26:13; 1 Macc 4:18; s. παρρησία 3a) Ac 2:29; 4:29, 31; 28:31; Hb 4:16. μ. πεποιθήσεως 1 Cl 31:3. μ. σπουδῆς (3 Macc 5:24, 27; Mel., P. 12, 80) Mk 6:25; Lk 1:39. μ. ταπεινοφροσύνης Eph 4:2a; cp. Ac 20:19. μ. ὀργῆς (3 Macc 6:23; TestJob 4:4) Mk 3:5. μ. δακρύων in tears (3 Macc 1:16; 4:2; 5:7; TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 19 [Stone p. 20]; 14 p. 94, 21 [St. p. 36]; JosAs 28:8; ApcEsdr 6:23; s. δάκρυον) Mk 9:24 v.l.; Hb 5:7; 12:17. μ. εἰρήνης (s. εἰρήνη 1b) Ac 15:33; Hb 11:31.
    ⓑ of other accompanying phenomena (Antig. Car. 148 μετὰ φλογὸς καίεσθαι) μ. διωγμῶν though with persecutions Mk 10:30. μ. ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν 1 Ti 4:14. μ. νηστειῶν Ac 14:23. μ. θορύβου (Jos., Ant. 5, 216) 24:18. μ. παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 8:4. μ. παρατηρήσεως Lk 17:20. μ. ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας Ac 27:10 (s. ὕβρις 3). μ. φαντασίας 25:23. μ. δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης Mt 24:30; Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27 (Just., A I, 50, 1 al. μ. δόξης, D. 132, 1 w. δυνάμεως). μ. ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς Ac 26:12 (Jos., Ant. 20, 180 μετʼ ἐξουσίας). μ. βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξάγειν τινά (s. βραχίων) Ac 13:17. μ. φωνῆς μεγάλης w. a loud voice Lk 17:15 (cp. EpArist 235; 281; JosAs 28:9). μ. σάλπιγγος with a trumpet call Mt 24:31 (Plut., Mor. 1135f μετʼ αὐλῶν=with the sound of flutes). σφραγίσαντες τ. λίθον μετὰ τ. κουστωδίας makes the stationing of the guard an accompaniment to the sealing of the stone Mt 27:66 (another possibility here is the instrumental use of μετά [Lycurgus the orator 124 μ. παραδειγμάτων διδάσκειν; SEG VIII, 246, 8 μετὰ κυνῶν—an instrument of torture—βασανίσαι; CWessely, Neue griech. Zauberpap. 1893, 234 γράφε μ. μέλανος; 2 Macc 6:16]: secure the stone by means of a guard; s. σφραγίζω 1).
    ⓒ of concrete objects, which serve as equipment (Appian, Maced. 9 §4 μετὰ χρυσῶν στεφάνων; POxy 123, 15; 19 μετὰ τῶν χλαμύδων εἰσβῆναι; 1 Esdr 5:57; Jdth 15:13; TestJob 24:10 μ. ψαλίδος; JosAs 7:4 μ. χρυσίου καὶ ἀργύριου; ParJer 9:31 μ. πολλῶν λίθων; ApcSed 7:10 μ. χαλιναρίου; ApcMos 40 μ. τῶν σινδόνων) μ. μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων Mt 26:47; 55; Mk 14:43, 48; Lk 22:52. μ. φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων καὶ ὅπλων (Xenophon Eph. p. 336, 20 μ. λαμπάδων) J 18:3.
    B. w. acc. In our lit. only in the mng. after, behind
    ① marker of position that is behind someth., behind (Hom.+; Polyb.; Just., A I, 13, 4; Tat. 2, 2; not LXX) μ. τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα behind the second curtain Hb 9:3.
    ② marker of time after another point of time, after (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX)
    ⓐ with the time expressly given μ. πολὺν χρόνον (2 Macc 6:1.—μετʼ οὐ πολὺν χρ.: Hero Alex. I p. 340, 6; SIG 1169, 54; Jos., Vi. 407) Mt 25:19. μ. τοσοῦτον χρόνον (4 Macc 5:7; ParJer 5:18) Hb 4:7. μ. χρόνον τινά (Diod S 9, 10, 2; Witkowski 26, 9 [III B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 8, 398; cp. En 106:1 μ. δὲ χρόνον; ApcSed 13:3 μ. χρόνον) Hv 1, 1, 2f; Hs 5, 2, 5; 9, 13, 8. μ. ἡμέρας ἕξ after six days Mt 17:1; Mk 9:2 (ApcMos 42 μ. τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας). μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 5; Polyaenus 6, 53; 8, 62; EpArist 301; TestJob 52:1f; 53:7; ParJer 9:14; Jos., Ant 7, 280) Mt 27:63; Mk 8:31; 10:34; Lk 2:46; cp. μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας AcPlCor 2:30. μ. δύο ἡμέρας Mt 26:2; Mk 14:1 (cp. Caesar, Bell. Gall. 4, 9, 1 post tertiam diem=on the third day). μ. τινας ἡμέρας Ac 15:36; 24:24. μετʼ οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας (Artem. 1, 78 p. 72, 30; Jos., Ant. 5, 328, Vi. 309) Lk 15:13. οὐ μ. πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας not long after these days = within a few days Ac 1:5 (B-D-F §226; 433, 3; Rob. 612; 1158; Dssm., ZVS 45, 1913, 60). W. gen. foll. μ. ἡμέρας εἴκοσι τῆς προτέρας ὁράσεως twenty days after the former vision Hv 4, 1, 1 (cp. Biogr. p. 31 μετὰ ξ´ ἔτη τοῦ Ἰλιακοῦ πολέμου; Gen 16:3). μ. τρεῖς μῆνας Ac 28:11. μ. τρία ἔτη Gal 1:18. ὁ μ. τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονὼς νόμος 3:17.
    ⓑ w. designations that are general, but include the idea of time: μ. τὴν ἄφιξίν μου Ac 20:29. μ. τὸ πάσχα after the Passover 12:4. μ. τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος Mt 1:12.
    ⓒ gener. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν after the (time of) tribulation Mk 13:24; cp. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων Mt 24:29. μ. τὴν ἔγερσιν 27:53. μ. τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν Ac 13:15. μ. τὸ βάπτισμα 10:37. μ. μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν Tit 3:10. μ. τὸ ψωμίον after he had eaten the piece of bread J 13:27.—Quite gener. μ. τοῦτο after this, afterward (Lucian, Hermot. 31; Gen 18:5; Lev 14:19; EpArist 258; TestJob 11:4; TestReub 1:9; TestLevi 6:3; Just., D. 57, 4) J 2:12; 11:7, 11; 19:28; Hb 9:27; Rv 7:1. μ. ταῦτα after this (Aeneas Tact. 240; 350; Diod S 1, 7, 1; Ex 3:20; 11:8 and oft.; TestJob 21:4; TestLevi 6:5; TestJos 19:5; JosAs 10:15; ParJer 3:10; ApcEsdr 4:36; ApcMos 2; Just., A I, 32, 6) Mk 16:12; Lk 5:27; 10:1 and oft. μ. οὐ πολύ (Dio Chrys. 56 [73], 8; Lucian, Scyth. 1; Herodian 1, 9, 7; BGU 614, 14; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 96 II, 9; 1 Esdr 3:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 132) not long afterward Ac 27:14. μ. μικρόν a short while afterward Mt 26:73; Mk 14:70 (Just., D. 56, 17). Also μ. βραχύ Lk 22:58 (cp. μετʼ ὀλίγον: Lucian, Dial, Mort. 15, 3; PRyl 77, 41; Wsd 15:8; Jdth 13:9; TestAbrA 7 p. 84, 8 [Stone p. 16]; GrBar 9:3; Jos., Ant. 12, 136; 10:15; Just., D. 56, 18).
    ⓓ w. subst. aor. inf. foll.
    α. w. acc. (SIG 633, 105; 640, 13; 695, 78; 1233, 1; Sir 46:20; Jdth 16:25; Bar 1:9; 1 Macc 1:1, 9; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 11 [Stone p. 80]; 117, 5 [St. p. 82]; TestJob 5:2; TestLevi 18:1; ApcMos 1; Just., A I, 50, 12.—B-D-F §406, 3; Rob. 979) μ. τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με after I am raised up Mt 26:32; Mk 14:28. μ. τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην after John was arrested Mk 1:14.—Ac 1:3; 7:4; 10:41; 15:13; 19:21; 20:1; Hv 2, 1, 3; m 4, 1, 7; Hs 8, 1, 3; 8, 2, 5.
    β. without acc. (Aelian, VH 12, 1 p. 118, 27; Herodian 2, 9, 5; SIG 976, 39; UPZ 110, 193 [164 B.C.]; Sir 23:20; 32:18 v.l.; 1 Macc 1:20; ApcMos 26:42f; Just., A I, 14, 1; Tat. 16, 1) μ. τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς after he had spoken to them Mk 16:19.—Lk 12:5; 1 Cor 11:25; Hb 10:26.—W. perf. inf. 10:15.—M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μετά

  • 4 imitar

    v.
    1 to imitate, to copy.
    Ella imita a Ricardo She imitates Richard.
    Ella imita la obra de arte She copies the work of art.
    2 to mimic, to mime, to ape, to impersonate.
    El payaso imita a María The clown mimics Mary.
    3 to counterfeit, to fake.
    María imita la firma Mary counterfeits the signature.
    * * *
    1 to copy, imitate (gestos) to mimic; (persona) to mimic, do an impression of
    * * *
    verb
    to imitate, copy
    * * *
    VT
    1) (=emular) to imitate
    2) (=por diversión) to imitate, mimic

    ¡deja ya de imitarme! — stop imitating o mimicking me!

    sabe imitar muy bien mi firma — he can imitate o copy my signature really well

    3) (=parecerse a)
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) < persona> ( copiar) to copy, imitate; ( para reírse) to do an impression of, mimic

    se sentó y todos lo imitaron — he sat down and everyone followed suit

    b) <voz/gesto/estilo> to imitate; ( para reírse) to imitate, mimic
    c) ( tener el aspecto de) to simulate
    * * *
    = parallel, simulate, mimic, emulate, imitate, shadow, impersonate, take after, take + a lead from.
    Ex. It directly or indirectly incorporated or paralleled several prevailing objectives and concepts of the communication and behavioral sciences and other contributory disciplines.
    Ex. Cardbox, distributed by Caxton Software Publishing Company, London, is a small data base management system that simulates a stack of index cards.
    Ex. These variations mimic the changes in air pressure at the microphone.
    Ex. You must be a living example of what you expect your child to honor and emulate.
    Ex. Libraries in developing countries must not necessarily attempt to imitate those of the developed nations but be based upon the social and cultural context in which they are set.
    Ex. This shadowing project encourages children to read the books shortlisted for the Carnegie Medal, to 'shadow' it and decide on their own choice of winner.
    Ex. According to the analysis, intruders cannot obtain any secret information from transmitted messages and impersonate another legal user.
    Ex. Libraries are like chameleons: they take after the complexion of society.
    Ex. Scotland should take a lead from Irish on gun control.
    ----
    * ejemplo a imitar = role model.
    * imitando a lo clásico = classicising [classicizing, -USA], classicised [classicized, -USA].
    * imitar a = take + a clue from.
    * modelo a imitar = role modelling, role model.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) < persona> ( copiar) to copy, imitate; ( para reírse) to do an impression of, mimic

    se sentó y todos lo imitaron — he sat down and everyone followed suit

    b) <voz/gesto/estilo> to imitate; ( para reírse) to imitate, mimic
    c) ( tener el aspecto de) to simulate
    * * *
    = parallel, simulate, mimic, emulate, imitate, shadow, impersonate, take after, take + a lead from.

    Ex: It directly or indirectly incorporated or paralleled several prevailing objectives and concepts of the communication and behavioral sciences and other contributory disciplines.

    Ex: Cardbox, distributed by Caxton Software Publishing Company, London, is a small data base management system that simulates a stack of index cards.
    Ex: These variations mimic the changes in air pressure at the microphone.
    Ex: You must be a living example of what you expect your child to honor and emulate.
    Ex: Libraries in developing countries must not necessarily attempt to imitate those of the developed nations but be based upon the social and cultural context in which they are set.
    Ex: This shadowing project encourages children to read the books shortlisted for the Carnegie Medal, to 'shadow' it and decide on their own choice of winner.
    Ex: According to the analysis, intruders cannot obtain any secret information from transmitted messages and impersonate another legal user.
    Ex: Libraries are like chameleons: they take after the complexion of society.
    Ex: Scotland should take a lead from Irish on gun control.
    * ejemplo a imitar = role model.
    * imitando a lo clásico = classicising [classicizing, -USA], classicised [classicized, -USA].
    * imitar a = take + a clue from.
    * modelo a imitar = role modelling, role model.

    * * *
    imitar [A1 ]
    vt
    1 ‹persona› (copiar) to copy, imitate; (para reírse) to do an impression of, mimic, take off ( BrE colloq)
    se sentó y todos lo imitaron he sat down and everyone followed suit
    ¿la has visto imitar a la profesora? have you seen her doing her impression of the teacher o taking the teacher off?
    2 ‹voz/gesto/estilo› to imitate; (para reírse) to imitate, mimic, take off ( BrE colloq)
    te imita el acento a la perfección he imitates your accent perfectly
    había imitado la firma de su padre she had forged her father's signature
    3 (tener el aspecto de) to simulate
    un revestimiento de plástico imitando azulejos a tile-effect plastic covering
    * * *

    imitar ( conjugate imitar) verbo transitivo
    a) ‹ persona› ( copiar) to copy, imitate;

    ( para hacer reir) to do an impression of, mimic;

    b) ‹voz/gesto/estilo› to imitate;

    ( para hacer reír) to imitate, mimic

    imitar verbo transitivo to imitate: imita a Elvis en su forma de vestir, he dresses like Elvis
    (parodiar) to mimic: el humorista imitaba a un político famoso, the comedian impersonated a famous politician
    ' imitar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    calcar
    - copiar
    - emular
    - mondarse
    English:
    ape
    - caricature
    - imitate
    - impersonate
    - mime
    - mimic
    - take off
    * * *
    imitar vt
    1. [copiar] to imitate, to copy;
    intentaron imitar mi firma they tried to forge my signature;
    se marchó del bar y nosotros la imitamos she left the bar and we followed suit
    2. [producto, material] to simulate;
    un material que imita al cuero a material which looks like leather
    3. [a personajes famosos] to do an impression of, to impersonate;
    imitó al presidente he did an impression of o impersonated o took off the president
    * * *
    v/t imitate
    * * *
    imitar vt
    1) : to imitate, to copy
    2) : to mimic, to impersonate
    * * *
    imitar vb
    1. (hacer lo mismo) to imitate / to copy [pt. & pp. copied]
    2. (parodiar) to take off [pt. took; pp. taken]

    Spanish-English dictionary > imitar

  • 5 codo

    adj.
    stingy, tight-fisted.
    m.
    1 elbow.
    tenía los codos sobre la mesa he was leaning (with his elbows) on the table
    codo con codo, codo a codo side by side
    hablar por los codos (informal figurative) to talk nineteen to the dozen, to be a chatterbox
    se sacó la carrera a base de codos she got her degree by sheer hard work
    2 bend.
    3 cubit (medida).
    4 U bend.
    5 Codó.
    * * *
    1 ANATOMÍA elbow
    2 TÉCNICA bend
    \
    alzar el codo / empinar el codo familiar to have a few drinks, knock them back
    codo a codo / codo con codo figurado side by side, closely
    de codos on one's elbows
    hablar por los codos familiar to talk nineteen to the dozen, talk nonstop
    romperse los codos figurado to study a lot, swot, cram
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    I
    SM
    1) (Anat) elbow; [de caballo] knee

    a base de codos —

    2)

    codo a codo —

    hubo un codo a codo por el segundo puesto — there was a close battle for second place, it was neck and neck for second place

    3)

    codo con codo [como adverbio] —

    enemigos políticos se sentaron codo con codo en el funeral — political foes sat down together o sat side by side with each other at the funeral, political foes rubbed shoulders with each other at the funeral

    luchar codo con codo — to fight shoulder to shoulder, fight side by side

    4) [de camisa, chaqueta] elbow
    5) [de tubería] elbow, bend
    6) (=medida) cubit
    II
    ** ADJ Méx (=tacaño) mean, stingy
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo (Méx fam) tight-fisted (colloq)
    II
    masculino (Anat) elbow; ( de prenda) elbow

    a fuerza or a base de codos — (fam) through sheer hard slog o graft (colloq)

    codo con or a codo — side by side

    empinar el codo — (fam) to prop up the bar

    hincar or romperse los codos — (fam) to knuckle down (colloq)

    ser del codo or duro de codo — (Arg fam) to be tight-fisted o stingy (colloq)

    * * *
    = elbow.
    Ex. The junior librarian leaned forward, and resting her elbows on her knees, put her chin in her hands.
    ----
    * articulación del codo = elbow joint.
    * codo con codo = side-by-side, shoulder to shoulder.
    * empinar el codo = booze, tipple, swig.
    * hablar hasta por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off, talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hasta los codos = up to + Posesivo + armpits, up to + Posesivo + elbows.
    * tocar ligeramente con el codo = nudge.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo (Méx fam) tight-fisted (colloq)
    II
    masculino (Anat) elbow; ( de prenda) elbow

    a fuerza or a base de codos — (fam) through sheer hard slog o graft (colloq)

    codo con or a codo — side by side

    empinar el codo — (fam) to prop up the bar

    hincar or romperse los codos — (fam) to knuckle down (colloq)

    ser del codo or duro de codo — (Arg fam) to be tight-fisted o stingy (colloq)

    * * *

    Ex: The junior librarian leaned forward, and resting her elbows on her knees, put her chin in her hands.

    * articulación del codo = elbow joint.
    * codo con codo = side-by-side, shoulder to shoulder.
    * empinar el codo = booze, tipple, swig.
    * hablar hasta por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off, talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hasta los codos = up to + Posesivo + armpits, up to + Posesivo + elbows.
    * tocar ligeramente con el codo = nudge.

    * * *
    codo1 -da
    ( Méx fam) tightfisted ( colloq), stingy ( colloq)
    se te han roto los codos del suéter you've gone through the elbows of your sweater
    a fuerza or a base de codos ( fam); through sheer hard slog o graft ( colloq)
    borrar con el codo (lo que se escribe con la mano) ( RPl); to give with one hand and take away with the other
    codo con codo or codo a codo: vamos a tener que trabajar codo con codo para conseguir estos objetivos we're going to have to work together very closely to achieve these aims
    el director trabajó codo a codo con los empleados en esta tarea the director worked side by side with the employees in this task
    empinar el codo ( fam): a estas horas estará empinando el codo he'll be propping up the bar by now ( colloq), he'll be having a few drinks o ( BrE colloq) jars by now
    hablar (hasta) por los codos ( fam); to talk nineteen to the dozen ( colloq)
    se pasó el fin de semana hincando los codos para el examen she spent all weekend grinding ( AmE) o ( BrE) swotting for her exam ( colloq)
    se rompieron los codos para terminar el trabajo a tiempo they really worked their butts off ( AmE) o ( BrE) slogged their guts out to get the work finished in time ( colloq)
    ser del codo or duro de codo ( Arg fam); to be tightfisted o stingy ( colloq)
    2 (medida) cubit
    Compuesto:
    tennis elbow
    * * *

     

    codo 1
    ◊ -da adjetivo (Méx fam) tightfisted (colloq)

    codo 2 sustantivo masculino
    elbow;
    codo con or a codo side by side;
    empinar el codo (fam) to prop up the bar;
    hablar (hasta) por los codos (fam) to talk nineteen to the dozen (colloq)
    codo sustantivo masculino Anat elbow
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar hablar por los codos, to talk nonstop
    hincar los codos, to cram
    figurado codo con codo, side by side

    ' codo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    codazo
    - golpear
    English:
    bend
    - elbow
    - jog
    - poke
    - tennis elbow
    - bump
    - nudge
    - pull
    * * *
    codo1 nm
    1. [de brazo] elbow;
    tenía los codos sobre la mesa she was leaning (with her elbows) on the table;
    codo con codo, codo a codo side by side;
    Fam
    se sacó la carrera a base de codos she got her degree by sheer hard work;
    Fam
    empinar el codo to bend the elbow;
    Fam
    hablar por los codos to talk nineteen to the dozen, to be a chatterbox;
    Fam
    hincar o [m5] romperse los codos to study hard;
    si quieres aprobar, vas a tener que hincar o [m5] romperte los codos if you want to pass, you're going to have to roll your sleeves up and do some serious studying;
    RP Fam
    no tener codo to be stingy, to be tight-fisted
    Med codo de tenista tennis elbow
    2. [de prenda] elbow
    3. [en tubería] bend;
    [pieza] elbow joint
    4. [medida] cubit
    codo2, -a adj
    Méx Fam stingy, tight-fisted
    * * *
    m ANAT elbow;
    codo con codo fig fam side by side;
    hablar por los codos fam talk nineteen to the dozen fam ;
    romperse los codos fam bust a gut fam
    * * *
    codo, -da adj, Mex : cheap, stingy
    codo, -da n, Mex : tightwad, cheapskate
    codo nm
    : elbow
    * * *
    codo n elbow

    Spanish-English dictionary > codo

  • 6 acuchillar

    v.
    1 to stab.
    El pillo traspasó a Ricardo The rascal stabbed Richard.
    * * *
    1 (seres vivos) to knife, stab
    2 (prendas) to slash
    3 (madera) to plane (down)
    * * *
    verb
    to knife, stab
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=cortar) to knife, stab; [+ vestido] to slash
    2) [+ persona] to stab (to death), knife
    3) (Téc) to plane down, smooth
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) < persona> to stab
    b) ( pulir) to sand (down); ( raspar) to scrape
    * * *
    = stab, knife.
    Ex. He listened to me and then said 'ˆre you finished?' and just walked away -- The woman sat up, as if stabbed.
    Ex. They became so angry that they knifed him in the head.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) < persona> to stab
    b) ( pulir) to sand (down); ( raspar) to scrape
    * * *
    = stab, knife.

    Ex: He listened to me and then said 'ˆre you finished?' and just walked away -- The woman sat up, as if stabbed.

    Ex: They became so angry that they knifed him in the head.

    * * *
    acuchillar [A1 ]
    vt
    1 ‹persona› to stab
    fue acuchillado repetidamente en el pecho he was stabbed repeatedly in the chest
    lo acuchillaron al salir del bar he was stabbed o knifed as he came out of the bar
    2 ‹suelo› to sand, sand down; ‹mueble› to scrape ( using a cabinet scraper)
    * * *

    acuchillar ( conjugate acuchillar) verbo transitivo ‹ persona› to stab
    acuchillar verbo transitivo
    1 to knife, stab
    2 (un suelo) to plane down
    ' acuchillar' also found in these entries:
    English:
    slash
    - knife
    - stab
    * * *
    1. [apuñalar] to stab
    2. [suelos] to sand
    * * *
    v/t stab
    * * *
    apuñalar: to knife, to stab

    Spanish-English dictionary > acuchillar

  • 7 dar una paliza

    * * *
    (v.) = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow
    Ex. Clobbering the rich with taxes doesn't help anyone.
    Ex. During the German occupation, the Italian populace lived under the grip of fear as Allied bombardments pummeled towns.
    Ex. These small small but very sharp flakes were used by hunters to slaughter animals.
    Ex. One after another, young pianists sat down and knocked the living daylights out of the piano.
    Ex. This is one of those movies that preaches nonviolence, even as the good guy is knocking the hell out of a few dozen dudes.
    Ex. He got whipped by policemen right here in Montgomery.
    Ex. Oxford City proved too strong for Banbury A, whitewashing them 9-0.
    Ex. Later footage shows the killer whales with the pups in their mouths, thrashing them about.
    Ex. He walloped Bud, tore his shirt, and made him eat dirt.
    Ex. They got licked by a bunch of little, ill-armed peasant guerillas.
    Ex. I have been reading his post for a long time and I have been biting my fingers to keep from basting him.
    Ex. He took a pounding in the press after his first tax cut when a deep recession pushed unemployment to 10 percent.
    Ex. Devastated by natural disasters and caught in the middle of the war on terror, Asia's economy took a beating in 2001.
    Ex. They chased him and one belted him over the head with the bar, forcing him to the ground.
    Ex. Defending champions Japan fought back from 1-0 behind to trounce Thailand 4-1 to qualify for the quarter-finals.
    Ex. But he was proved wrong as India pushed England to the edge and beat them hollow the following day.
    * * *
    (v.) = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow

    Ex: Clobbering the rich with taxes doesn't help anyone.

    Ex: During the German occupation, the Italian populace lived under the grip of fear as Allied bombardments pummeled towns.
    Ex: These small small but very sharp flakes were used by hunters to slaughter animals.
    Ex: One after another, young pianists sat down and knocked the living daylights out of the piano.
    Ex: This is one of those movies that preaches nonviolence, even as the good guy is knocking the hell out of a few dozen dudes.
    Ex: He got whipped by policemen right here in Montgomery.
    Ex: Oxford City proved too strong for Banbury A, whitewashing them 9-0.
    Ex: Later footage shows the killer whales with the pups in their mouths, thrashing them about.
    Ex: He walloped Bud, tore his shirt, and made him eat dirt.
    Ex: They got licked by a bunch of little, ill-armed peasant guerillas.
    Ex: I have been reading his post for a long time and I have been biting my fingers to keep from basting him.
    Ex: He took a pounding in the press after his first tax cut when a deep recession pushed unemployment to 10 percent.
    Ex: Devastated by natural disasters and caught in the middle of the war on terror, Asia's economy took a beating in 2001.
    Ex: They chased him and one belted him over the head with the bar, forcing him to the ground.
    Ex: Defending champions Japan fought back from 1-0 behind to trounce Thailand 4-1 to qualify for the quarter-finals.
    Ex: But he was proved wrong as India pushed England to the edge and beat them hollow the following day.

    Spanish-English dictionary > dar una paliza

  • 8 cocina

    f.
    1 kitchen.
    2 cooker, stove.
    cocina eléctrica/de gas electric/gas cooker
    3 cooking (art).
    cocina casera home cooking
    cocina española Spanish cuisine o cooking
    libro/clase de cocina cookery book/class
    4 kitchen stove, stove, cooker, kitchen range.
    5 cuisine, cookery, cooking.
    6 galley, ship's kitchen.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: cocinar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: cocinar.
    * * *
    1 (lugar) kitchen
    2 (gastronomía) cooking
    ■ cocina española Spanish cooking, Spanish cuisine
    3 (aparato) cooker, US stove
    \
    cocina casera home cooking
    cocina de gas gas cooker, US gas stove
    cocina de mercado seasonal produce
    cocina económica cooking range
    cocina eléctrica electric cooker, US electric stove
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=habitación) kitchen
    batería 1., 4), cuchillo 1)
    2) (=aparato) stove, cooker

    cocina de gas — gas cooker, gas stove

    cocina de petróleo — LAm oil stove

    cocina eléctrica — electric cooker, electric stove ( esp EEUU)

    3) (=actividad) cooking, cookery; (=arte) cuisine, cookery

    libro de cocina — cookery book, cookbook (EEUU)

    la cocina valenciana — Valencian cuisine, Valencian cookery

    * * *
    1) ( habitación) kitchen
    2) ( aparato) range (AmE), stove (AmE), cooker (BrE)
    3) ( arte) cookery

    libro de cocina — cookbook, cookery book (BrE)

    * * *
    = cooking, kitchen, cooking facilities.
    Ex. Some libraries have purchased display stands to hold these packs, covering a range of current regional information, such as cooking, baking, business and the natural sciences.
    Ex. The kitchen was full of glancing sunlight and clean color; and as she sat there her mind recurred to her attempts to get her assistant to stay.
    Ex. No sleeping room of a hotel shall include cooking facilities unless the they have been approved by the building department having jurisdiction over the hotel.
    ----
    * alta cocina = haute cuisine.
    * armario de cocina = kitchen cabinet.
    * cocina a carbón = coal-burning stove.
    * cocina a gas = gas stove.
    * cocina a leña = wood-burning stove.
    * cocina casera = home cooking.
    * cocina de carbón = coal-burning stove.
    * cocina de gas = gas stove.
    * cocina de leña = wood-burning stove.
    * cocina modular = modular kitchen.
    * cuchillo de cocina = kitchen knife.
    * dispensador de papel de cocina = kitchen roll holder.
    * encimera de la cocina = kitchen counter top.
    * isla de cocina = kitchen island.
    * jefe de cocina = chef.
    * libro de cocina = book on cookery, cookbook.
    * mesa de cocina = kitchen table.
    * mobiliario de cocina = kitchen furniture.
    * muebles de cocina = kitchen furniture.
    * paño de cocina = tea towel.
    * papel de cocina = paper towel, kitchen paper.
    * placa de cocina = cooktop, hob, kitchen hob.
    * receta de cocina = cookery recipe.
    * robot de cocina = food mixer.
    * rollo de papel de cocina = kitchen roll.
    * si no aguantas el calor, sal de la cocina = if you can't stand the heat, get out of the kitchen.
    * temporizador de cocina = egg timer.
    * utensilio de cocina = kitchen utensil, cooking utensil.
    * utensilios de cocina = kitchenware.
    * utensilios para la cocina = cookware.
    * * *
    1) ( habitación) kitchen
    2) ( aparato) range (AmE), stove (AmE), cooker (BrE)
    3) ( arte) cookery

    libro de cocina — cookbook, cookery book (BrE)

    * * *
    = cooking, kitchen, cooking facilities.

    Ex: Some libraries have purchased display stands to hold these packs, covering a range of current regional information, such as cooking, baking, business and the natural sciences.

    Ex: The kitchen was full of glancing sunlight and clean color; and as she sat there her mind recurred to her attempts to get her assistant to stay.
    Ex: No sleeping room of a hotel shall include cooking facilities unless the they have been approved by the building department having jurisdiction over the hotel.
    * alta cocina = haute cuisine.
    * armario de cocina = kitchen cabinet.
    * cocina a carbón = coal-burning stove.
    * cocina a gas = gas stove.
    * cocina a leña = wood-burning stove.
    * cocina casera = home cooking.
    * cocina de carbón = coal-burning stove.
    * cocina de gas = gas stove.
    * cocina de leña = wood-burning stove.
    * cocina modular = modular kitchen.
    * cuchillo de cocina = kitchen knife.
    * dispensador de papel de cocina = kitchen roll holder.
    * encimera de la cocina = kitchen counter top.
    * isla de cocina = kitchen island.
    * jefe de cocina = chef.
    * libro de cocina = book on cookery, cookbook.
    * mesa de cocina = kitchen table.
    * mobiliario de cocina = kitchen furniture.
    * muebles de cocina = kitchen furniture.
    * paño de cocina = tea towel.
    * papel de cocina = paper towel, kitchen paper.
    * placa de cocina = cooktop, hob, kitchen hob.
    * receta de cocina = cookery recipe.
    * robot de cocina = food mixer.
    * rollo de papel de cocina = kitchen roll.
    * si no aguantas el calor, sal de la cocina = if you can't stand the heat, get out of the kitchen.
    * temporizador de cocina = egg timer.
    * utensilio de cocina = kitchen utensil, cooking utensil.
    * utensilios de cocina = kitchenware.
    * utensilios para la cocina = cookware.

    * * *
    A (habitación) kitchen
    armario/mesa de cocina kitchen cupboard/table
    ella lleva la cocina y el marido el bar she does the cooking and her husband runs the bar
    B (aparato) stove, range ( AmE), cooker ( BrE)
    Compuestos:
    field kitchen
    ● cocina de or a gas
    gas stove o range o cooker
    range
    electric stove o range o cooker
    C (arte) cookery
    la cocina vasca Basque cuisine o cookery
    libro de cocina cookbook, cookery book ( BrE)
    curso de cocina cookery course
    * * *

     

    Del verbo cocinar: ( conjugate cocinar)

    cocina es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    cocina    
    cocinar
    cocina sustantivo femenino

    b) ( aparato) stove, cooker (BrE);

    cocina de or a gas gas stove o (BrE) cooker;
    ◊ cocina eléctrica electric stove o (BrE) cooker

    c) ( arte) cookery;

    ( gastronomía) cuisine;

    la cocina casera home cooking
    cocinar ( conjugate cocinar) verbo transitivo/intransitivo
    to cook;
    ◊ ¿quién cocina en tu casa? who does the cooking in your house?

    cocina sustantivo femenino
    1 (habitación de la casa) kitchen
    2 (electrodoméstico) cooker, US stove: la cocina es eléctrica, the cooker is electric
    3 (modo de cocinar) cooking, cuisine
    la cocina peruana, Peruvian cooking
    cocinar verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to cook

    ' cocina' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    amueblada
    - amueblado
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - armario
    - batería
    - bayeta
    - cacharro
    - campaña
    - empantanarse
    - encerrar
    - exterior
    - fogón
    - fuego
    - funcional
    - hornillo
    - llevar
    - maña
    - menaje
    - molde
    - paño
    - pinche
    - pirrar
    - robot
    - rodillo
    - trapo
    - arriba
    - ayudante
    - barrer
    - campana
    - cocinar
    - cocineta
    - condimento
    - criollo
    - cubo
    - cuchillo
    - desnivel
    - dotado
    - enchastrar
    - equipar
    - estufa
    - fregadero
    - gabinete
    - horno
    - libro
    - lumbre
    - mobiliario
    - monumental
    - paleta
    - papa
    English:
    burner
    - chopping board
    - cloth
    - cookbook
    - cooker
    - cookery
    - cookery book
    - cooking
    - cooktop
    - cuisine
    - dishcloth
    - dishtowel
    - do
    - down-home
    - dresser
    - exhaust fan
    - food processor
    - galley
    - gas cooker
    - granite
    - grime
    - hob
    - hotplate
    - intuitively
    - kitchen
    - kitchenware
    - mess about
    - mess around
    - mop
    - nowadays
    - poor
    - pot
    - self-catering
    - self-contained
    - specialize
    - stove
    - tea cloth
    - tea towel
    - utensil
    - worktop
    - bed
    - chef
    - cook
    - dish
    - fixture
    - food
    - hatch
    - keep
    - mean
    - processor
    * * *
    cocina nf
    1. [habitación] kitchen;
    muebles/utensilios de cocina kitchen furniture/utensils
    2. [electrodoméstico] stove, Br cooker
    cocina eléctrica electric stove o Br cooker;
    cocina de gas gas stove o Br cooker
    3. [arte] cooking;
    cocina española/mexicana Spanish/Mexican cuisine o cooking;
    clase de cocina Br cookery o US cooking class;
    libro de cocina cookbook, Br cookery book
    cocina casera home cooking;
    cocina de mercado = cooking using fresh market produce;
    cocina rápida fast food;
    el microondas hace más fácil la cocina rápida the microwave makes it easier to prepare food quickly
    * * *
    f
    1 habitación kitchen
    2 aparato stove, cooker
    3 actividad cooking
    4
    :
    la cocina francesa French cuisine
    * * *
    cocina nf
    1) : kitchen
    2) : stove
    3) : cuisine, cooking
    * * *
    1. (lugar) kitchen
    2. (aparato) cooker
    3. (técnica) cookery
    4. (gastronomía) cooking

    Spanish-English dictionary > cocina

  • 9 beugen

    I v/t
    1. (Rücken, Arm etc.) bend; (Kopf) bow; incline; gebeugt
    2. fig. (Willen, Starrsinn) break
    3. das Recht oder Gesetz beugen pervert the course of justice
    4. PHYS. deflect; durch enge Öffnung diffract
    5. LING. inflect; (Substantiv, Adjektiv) decline; (Verb) conjugate
    II v/refl
    1. bend; sich beugen über (+ Akk) bend over s.th.; sich aus dem Fenster beugen lean out of (Am. auch out) the window; sich nach vorn / hinten beugen lean forward / (over) backward
    2. fig. (sich fügen, sich unterwerfen) bow, yield, submit (+ Dat to); sich dem Schicksal beugen bow ( oder submit) to one’s fate
    * * *
    to bend; to conjugate; to stoop; to flex; to inflect; to diffract
    * * *
    beu|gen ['bɔygn]
    1. vt
    1) (= krümmen) to bend; (PHYS ) Wellen to diffract; Strahlen, Licht to deflect; (fig) Stolz, Starrsinn to break

    das Recht béúgen — to pervert the course of justice

    von der Last gebeugt — bowed down with the weight

    von Kummer/Gram gebeugt — bowed down with grief/sorrow

    See:
    → auch gebeugt
    2) (GRAM) Substantiv, Adjektiv etc to decline; Verb to conjugate
    2. vr
    to bend; (fig) to submit, to bow (+dat to)

    sich nach vorn béúgen — to bend or lean forward

    sich aus dem Fenster béúgen — to lean out of the window

    er beugte sich zu mir herüber — he leaned across to me

    über seine Bücher/seinen Teller gebeugt — hunched over his books/his plate

    sich der Mehrheit béúgen — to bow or submit to the will of the majority

    * * *
    (to make, become, or be, angled or curved: Bend your arm; She bent down to pick up the coin; The road bends to the right; He could bend an iron bar.) bend
    * * *
    beu·gen
    [ˈbɔygn̩]
    I. vt
    ▪ etw \beugen
    1. (neigen) to bend sth
    den Kopf \beugen to bow one's head
    2. LING (konjugieren) to conjugate sth; (deklinieren) to decline sth
    II. vr
    ▪ sich akk \beugen to bend
    sich akk aus dem Fenster \beugen to lean out of the window
    er saß über seine Manuskripte gebeugt he sat hunched over his manuscripts
    2. (sich unterwerfen)
    ▪ sich akk [jdm/etw] \beugen to submit [or bow] [to sb/sth]
    ich werde mich der Mehrheit \beugen I will bow to the majority
    * * *
    1.
    1) bend; bow < head>

    vom Alter/vom Kummer gebeugt — (geh.) bent or bowed with age postpos./bowed down with grief postpos.

    2) (geh.): (brechen)

    jemanden beugen — break somebody's resistance

    jemandes Starrsinn/Stolz beugen — break somebody's stubborn/proud nature

    3) (Sprachw.) s. flektieren 1.
    4) (Rechtsw.) bend < law>
    2.
    1) bend over; (sich bücken) stoop

    sich nach vorn/hinten beugen — bend forwards/bend over backwards

    2) (sich fügen) give way; give in
    * * *
    A. v/t
    1. (Rücken, Arm etc) bend; (Kopf) bow; incline; → gebeugt
    2. fig (Willen, Starrsinn) break
    3.
    Gesetz beugen pervert the course of justice
    4. PHYS deflect; durch enge Öffnung diffract
    5. LING inflect; (Substantiv, Adjektiv) decline; (Verb) conjugate
    B. v/r
    1. bend;
    sich beugen über (+akk) bend over sth;
    sich aus dem Fenster beugen lean out of (US auch out) the window;
    sich nach vorn/hinten beugen lean forward/(over) backward
    2. fig (sich fügen, sich unterwerfen) bow, yield, submit (+dat to);
    sich dem Schicksal beugen bow ( oder submit) to one’s fate
    * * *
    1.
    1) bend; bow < head>

    vom Alter/vom Kummer gebeugt — (geh.) bent or bowed with age postpos./bowed down with grief postpos.

    2) (geh.): (brechen)

    jemandes Starrsinn/Stolz beugen — break somebody's stubborn/proud nature

    3) (Sprachw.) s. flektieren 1.
    4) (Rechtsw.) bend < law>
    2.
    1) bend over; (sich bücken) stoop

    sich nach vorn/hinten beugen — bend forwards/bend over backwards

    2) (sich fügen) give way; give in
    * * *
    (sich) v.
    to give way to another opinion expr. (höfflichkeit) v.
    to bow v. v.
    to diffract v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > beugen

  • 10 punta

    f.
    1 point (extremo) (de cuchillo, lápiz, aguja).
    este zapato me aprieta en la punta this shoe's squashing the ends of my toes
    recorrimos Chile de punta a punta we traveled from one end of Chile to the other
    en la otra punta de la ciudad on the other side of town
    en la otra punta de la mesa at the other end of the table
    sacar punta a un lápiz to sharpen a pencil
    2 touch, bit (pizca).
    3 small nail (clavo).
    4 point, headland (geography).
    5 tip, tine, nib, peak.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: puntar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: puntar.
    * * *
    2 (clavo) nail
    3 COCINA (pizca) pinch
    4 GEOGRAFÍA point
    1 (del pelo) ends
    2 (zapatillas de ballet) point shoes, ballet shoes
    \
    a punta de pistola at gunpoint
    a punta pala familiar by the hundreds
    de punta a punta from one end to the other
    de punta en blanco dressed up to the nines
    en hora punta at peak time
    estar de punta con alguien to be at odds with somebody
    sacar punta a (lápiz) to sharpen 2 (palabras) to read too much into
    ser la punta del iceberg to be the tip of the iceberg
    tener algo en la punta de la lengua to have something on the tip of one's tongue
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) point, head
    2) end, tip
    * * *
    1. SF
    1) (=extremo) [de dedo, lengua, pincel] tip; [de ciudad] side; [de mesa] end; [de pañuelo] corner

    la punta de los dedos — the fingertips, the tips of one's fingers

    • de punta a cabo o de punta a punta — from one end to the other

    2) (=extremo puntiagudo) [de cuchillo, tijeras, lápiz] point; [de flecha] tip

    • de punta, tenía todo el pelo de punta — her hair was all on end

    • acabado en punta — pointed

    • a punta de navaja — at knife point

    • a punta de pistola — at gunpoint

    • sacar punta a — [+ lápiz] to sharpen; Esp [+ comentario, opinión] to twist

    esas imágenes me pusieron el vello de punta — those images were really spine-chilling, those images made my hair stand on end

    tienen dinero a punta pala — they're loaded *, they've got loads of money *

    punta de diamante — (=cortador) diamond glass cutter; (=diseño) diamond point

    nervio 2)
    3) (=cantidad pequeña) (lit) bit; (fig) touch
    4) (=clavo) tack
    5) (Geog) (=cabo) point; (=promontorio) headland
    6) (=asta) [de toro] horn; [de ciervo] point, tine
    7) (Ftbl)
    8) (=colilla) stub, butt
    9) (Cos) (=encaje) dentelle
    10) pl puntas
    a) [del pelo] ends

    quiero cortarme las puntas — I'd like a trim, I'd like to have my hair trimmed

    b) (Ballet) points, ballet shoes
    c) (Culin)

    puntas de solomillo — finest cuts of pork

    11) Cono Sur, Méx
    12) Cuba [de tabaco] leaf of best tobacco
    13) Bol eight-hour shift of work
    14) Caribe (=mofa) taunt, snide remark
    2.
    ADJ INV peak

    • horas punta — [de electricidad, teléfono] peak times

    la hora punta — [del tráfico] the rush hour

    • tecnología punta — latest technology, leading edge technology

    • velocidad punta — maximum speed, top speed

    3.
    SMF (Dep) striker, forward
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable
    II
    1)
    a) (de lengua, dedos) tip; ( de nariz) end, tip; ( de pan) end; ( de pincel) tip

    a punta (de) pala — (Esp fam) loads (colloq)

    a punta de pistola or (Per) de bala — at gunpoint

    ir/ponerse de punta en blanco — to be/get (all) dressed up

    la punta del iceberg — the tip of the iceberg

    tener algo en la punta de la lengua — to have something on the tip of one's tongue

    b) puntas femenino plural ( del pelo) ends (pl)
    2) (de aguja, clavo, cuchillo, lápiz) point; (de flecha, lanza) tip

    mandar a alguien a la punta del cerro — (CS fam) to send somebody packing (colloq), to tell somebody to get lost (colloq)

    3) ( de pañuelo) corner
    4) (Dep)
    5) (Geog) point
    6) (CS fam) ( montón)

    una punta de plata — a lot of money, a fortune (colloq)

    tiene una punta de cosas que hacer — she has loads o stacks of things to do (colloq)

    7)

    a punta de — (AmL fam)

    * * *
    = apex, barb, end, tip.
    Ex. A hierarchy is usually illustrated as a triangle with the ultimate authority at the apex of the triangle and authority flowing downward to all other parts of the triangle.
    Ex. The letters are upright, narrow, and angular, standing on crooked feet, and the ascenders are usually decorated with barbs or thorns; f and p do not normally descend below the base line.
    Ex. Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.
    Ex. Reportedly the tip of his nose is so damaged from the operations that the tissue has died.
    ----
    * acabado en punta = pointed.
    * a punta de pistola = at gunpoint.
    * con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.
    * de punta en blanco = dressed (up) to the nines, spic(k)-and-span.
    * de una punta a otra = end to end.
    * de una punta de la ciudad a otra = cross-town.
    * durante las horas puntas = at peak periods.
    * en una punta... en la otra = at one end... at the other.
    * golpear ligeramente la punta de los dedos en sucesión sobre una superficie = tap + fingers.
    * grabado a la punta seca = drypoint.
    * hora punta = peak period, peak hour.
    * horas no punta = off-peak times.
    * poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.
    * ponerse de punta = stand out.
    * punta de espárrago = asparagus tip.
    * punta de flecha = arrowhead.
    * punta de lanza = spearpoint.
    * punta del dedo = fingertip.
    * punta del iceberg, la = tip of the iceberg, the.
    * punta de trazar = scribe.
    * puntas abiertas = split ends.
    * sacar punta = sharpen.
    * senos firmes y de punta = pert breasts.
    * ser la punta de lanza de = spearhead.
    * tecnología punta = cutting edge technology.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * vestirse de punta en blanco = tog out, tog up.
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable
    II
    1)
    a) (de lengua, dedos) tip; ( de nariz) end, tip; ( de pan) end; ( de pincel) tip

    a punta (de) pala — (Esp fam) loads (colloq)

    a punta de pistola or (Per) de bala — at gunpoint

    ir/ponerse de punta en blanco — to be/get (all) dressed up

    la punta del iceberg — the tip of the iceberg

    tener algo en la punta de la lengua — to have something on the tip of one's tongue

    b) puntas femenino plural ( del pelo) ends (pl)
    2) (de aguja, clavo, cuchillo, lápiz) point; (de flecha, lanza) tip

    mandar a alguien a la punta del cerro — (CS fam) to send somebody packing (colloq), to tell somebody to get lost (colloq)

    3) ( de pañuelo) corner
    4) (Dep)
    5) (Geog) point
    6) (CS fam) ( montón)

    una punta de plata — a lot of money, a fortune (colloq)

    tiene una punta de cosas que hacer — she has loads o stacks of things to do (colloq)

    7)

    a punta de — (AmL fam)

    * * *
    = apex, barb, end, tip.

    Ex: A hierarchy is usually illustrated as a triangle with the ultimate authority at the apex of the triangle and authority flowing downward to all other parts of the triangle.

    Ex: The letters are upright, narrow, and angular, standing on crooked feet, and the ascenders are usually decorated with barbs or thorns; f and p do not normally descend below the base line.
    Ex: Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.
    Ex: Reportedly the tip of his nose is so damaged from the operations that the tissue has died.
    * acabado en punta = pointed.
    * a punta de pistola = at gunpoint.
    * con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.
    * de punta en blanco = dressed (up) to the nines, spic(k)-and-span.
    * de una punta a otra = end to end.
    * de una punta de la ciudad a otra = cross-town.
    * durante las horas puntas = at peak periods.
    * en una punta... en la otra = at one end... at the other.
    * golpear ligeramente la punta de los dedos en sucesión sobre una superficie = tap + fingers.
    * grabado a la punta seca = drypoint.
    * hora punta = peak period, peak hour.
    * horas no punta = off-peak times.
    * poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.
    * ponerse de punta = stand out.
    * punta de espárrago = asparagus tip.
    * punta de flecha = arrowhead.
    * punta de lanza = spearpoint.
    * punta del dedo = fingertip.
    * punta del iceberg, la = tip of the iceberg, the.
    * punta de trazar = scribe.
    * puntas abiertas = split ends.
    * sacar punta = sharpen.
    * senos firmes y de punta = pert breasts.
    * ser la punta de lanza de = spearhead.
    * tecnología punta = cutting edge technology.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * vestirse de punta en blanco = tog out, tog up.

    * * *
    en la hora punta during the rush hour
    un sector punta de nuestra industria a sector which is at the forefront of our industry
    velocidad punta top speed
    A
    1 (de la lengua, los dedos) tip; (de la nariz) end, tip; (del pan) end
    mojó la punta del pincel she wetted the tip of the paintbrush
    en la otra punta de la mesa at the other end of the table
    vivo en la otra punta de la ciudad I live on the other side o at the other end of town
    con la punta del pie with his toes
    me recorrí la ciudad de punta a punta I traipsed all over town o from one end of town to the other
    bailaba en puntas de pie (CS); she danced on the tips of her toes o ( frml) on her points
    entró caminando en puntitas de pie para no despertarlo (CS); she tiptoed in o she went in on tiptoe so as not to wake him
    tiene dinero a punta pala she's loaded ( colloq), she's got pots o stacks o loads of money ( colloq)
    a punta de pistola or ( Per) de bala at gunpoint
    hasta la punta de los pelos or del pelo ( fam): estoy hasta la punta del pelo de este trabajo I've had it up to here o I'm fed up to the backteeth with this job ( colloq)
    ir/ponerse de punta en blanco to be/get dressed up
    la punta del iceberg the tip of the iceberg
    tener algo en la punta de la lengua to have sth on the tip of one's tongue
    lo tengo en la punta de la lengua it's on the tip of my tongue, I have it on the tip of my tongue
    2 puntas fpl (del pelo) ends (pl)
    Compuesto:
    fpl asparagus tips (pl)
    B (de una aguja) point; (de una flecha, lanza) tip; (de un clavo, cuchillo, lápiz) point
    sácale punta al lápiz sharpen the pencil
    el cuchillo cayó de punta the knife fell point first
    en punta pointed
    los zapatos en punta pointed shoes
    por un extremo acaba en punta it's pointed at one end
    hacerle punta a algn ( Chi fam); to try to win sb's affections
    mandar a algn a la punta del cerro (CS fam); to send sb packing ( colloq), to tell sb to get lost ( colloq)
    sacarle punta a algo ( Esp); to read too much into sth, distort o twist sth
    Compuesto:
    spearhead
    estos grupos fueron la punta lanza de del cambio social these groups spearheaded the process of social change o were the spearhead of social change
    D ( Dep):
    juega en la punta he's a forward o striker
    E ( Geog) point
    F
    (CS fam) (montón): costó una punta de plata it cost a lot of money o ( colloq) a fortune
    tiene una punta de cosas que hacer she has loads o stacks of things to do ( colloq)
    son una punta de asesinos they're a bunch of murderers ( colloq)
    G
    a punta de ( AmL fam): a punta de repetírselo mil veces by telling him it a thousand times
    se curó a punta de antibióticos he got better by taking antibiotics
    a punta de palos lo hicieron obedecer they beat him until he did as he was told
    una dieta a punta de líquidos a liquid-based diet
    ( Dep) striker, forward
    punta izquierdo/punta derecho left/right winger
    * * *

     

    punta sustantivo femenino
    1
    a) (de lengua, dedos) tip;

    ( de nariz) end, tip;
    ( de pan) end;
    ( de pincel) tip;
    ◊ vivo en la otra punta de la ciudad I live on the other side o at the other end of town;

    con la punta del pie with the print of one's foot;
    la punta del iceberg the tip of the iceberg;
    tener algo en la punta de la lengua to have sth on the tip of one's tongue
    b)

    ◊ puntas sustantivo femenino plural ( del pelo) ends (pl)

    2
    a) (de aguja, clavo, cuchillo, lápiz) point;

    (de flecha, lanza) tip;

    sácale punta al lápiz sharpen the pencil;
    de punta point first;
    en punta pointed;
    por un extremo acaba en punta it's pointed at one end
    b)

    ◊ a punta de (AmL fam): a punta de repetírselo mil veces by telling him it a thousand times;

    a punta de palos lo hicieron obedecer they beat him until he did as he was told
    3 ( de pañuelo) corner
    ■ adjetivo invariable:

    punta
    I adjetivo hora punta, peak o rush hour
    tecnología punta, high technology, familiar high-tech
    velocidad punta, top o maximum speed
    II sustantivo femenino
    1 (extremo puntiagudo) point: la punta del cuchillo, the tip of the knife
    (extremo) end, tip
    punta del dedo, fingertip
    punta del pie, toetip
    2 (de un sitio) trabaja en la otra punta del país, he works at the other side of the country
    3 (del pelo) puntas, ends pl
    4 Dep jugar en punta, to play as a forward or striker
    ♦ LOC ir/ponerse de punta en blanco, to be/get all dressed up
    sacar punta, (a un objeto) to sharpen, (a un comentario, suceso) to twist
    tener algo en la punta de la lengua, to have sthg on the tip of one's tongue
    a punta de pistola, at gunpoint
    de punta a punta, from end to end

    ' punta' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ápice
    - clavo
    - despuntar
    - iceberg
    - lanza
    - pelo
    - rotulador
    - tecnología
    - terminar
    - afinar
    - agudo
    - cesta
    - cortar
    - embotado
    - en
    - erizado
    - fino
    - hora
    - nervio
    - pistola
    - puntiagudo
    - puntilla
    - torre
    English:
    cutting-edge
    - edge
    - end
    - gunpoint
    - hair
    - headland
    - high-tech
    - mad
    - nail
    - nerve
    - nine
    - peak hours
    - point
    - prong
    - rush-hour
    - scary
    - sharpen
    - spike
    - spiky
    - stick up
    - taper
    - tip
    - weapon
    - bristle
    - corner
    - edgy
    - gun
    - hang
    - head
    - off
    - pointed
    - rat
    - rush
    - sharp
    - stand
    - stick
    * * *
    ♦ adj inv
    hora punta rush hour;
    velocidad punta top speed
    ♦ nf
    1. [extremo] [de cuchillo, lápiz, aguja] point;
    [de pan, pelo, nariz] end; [de dedo, cuerno, flecha, pincel] tip; [de zapato] toe; [de pistola] muzzle; [de sábana, pañuelo] corner;
    este zapato me aprieta en la punta this shoe's squashing the ends of my toes;
    punta fina/gruesa [de bolígrafo] fine/thick point;
    lo sujetó con la punta de los dedos she held it with the tips of her fingers;
    tengo las puntas (del pelo) abiertas o RP [m5] florecidas I've got split ends;
    en la otra punta de la ciudad on the other side of town;
    en la otra punta de la mesa at the other end of the table;
    se dio en la rodilla con la punta de la mesa she banged her knee on the corner of the table;
    lleva el pelo de punta he has spiky hair;
    recorrimos Chile de punta a punta we travelled from one end of Chile to the other;
    acabado en punta [objeto, instrumento] pointed;
    a punta de pistola at gunpoint;
    sacar punta a un lápiz to sharpen a pencil;
    Fam
    a punta (de) pala: tiene libros a punta (de) pala he has loads of books;
    vinieron turistas a punta (de) pala loads of tourists came, tourists came by the busload;
    estar de punta con alguien to be on edge with sb;
    ir de punta en blanco to be dressed up to the nines;
    Fam
    sacarle punta a algo to read too much into sth;
    tener algo en la punta de la lengua to have sth on the tip of one's tongue
    punta de flecha arrowhead; Fig la punta del iceberg the tip of the iceberg; Fig punta de lanza spearhead;
    los obreros de la capital fueron la punta de lanza de la revolución the industrial workers of the capital spearheaded the revolution;
    Perú, Ven punta trasera [de carne] rump tail;
    punta de velocidad: [m5] tiene una gran punta de velocidad he's very pacey, Br he has a good turn of pace
    2. [pizca] touch, bit;
    [de sal] pinch
    3. [clavo] small nail
    4. Dep [zona de ataque] attack;
    [jugador de ataque] forward;
    jugar en punta to play in attack, to be a forward;
    jugar como media punta to play just in behind the strikers
    5. Geog point, headland
    6. CSur
    en puntas de pie on tiptoe;
    andar en puntas de pie to (walk on) tiptoe
    7. RP Fam
    una punta [mucho] loads;
    se casó hace una punta de años he got married donkey's years ago;
    tiene una punta de primos she's got loads of cousins
    8. Comp
    Am
    a punta de [a fuerza de] by dint of;
    lo convencí a punta de amenazas I threatened him into doing it
    * * *
    f
    1 de dedo, nariz, pie tip
    2 ( extremo) end;
    de punta a punta (de principio a fin) from beginning to end; (de un extremo a otro) from one extreme to the other
    3 de lápiz, GEOG point;
    sacar punta a sharpen
    4 L.Am. ( grupo) group
    5
    :
    a punta de pistola at gunpoint;
    ir de punta en blanco be dressed up
    6 en fútbol forward
    * * *
    punta nf
    1) : tip, end
    punta del dedo: fingertip
    en la punta de la lengua: at the tip of one's tongue
    2) : point (of a weapon or pencil)
    punta de lanza: spearhead
    3) : point, headland
    4) : bunch, lot
    una punta de ladrones: a bunch of thieves
    5)
    a punta de : by, by dint of
    * * *
    2. (de lengua, dedo) tip
    3. (de nariz, pelo) end
    4. (de ciudad) side
    5. (clavo) nail

    Spanish-English dictionary > punta

  • 11 VIÐ

    I)
    prep. with dat. and acc.
    I. with dat.
    hann sló honum niðr v. steininum, he dashed his head against the stone;
    hús liggja v. velli, the houses lie in ruins;
    kasta sér niðr v. velli, to cast oneself down on the ground;
    er inn efri kjöptr v. himni, en inn neðri við jörðu, the upper jaw touches the heaven, the lower the earth;
    hann hjó hann upp v. garðinum, he smote him close by the fence;
    skera af sér strenginn við øxinni, to cut the string, asunder against the axe;
    2) against, towards, of direction;
    horfa v. e-m, to look towards, face;
    3) along with (hann hafði marga smiðu v. sér);
    4) with, of an instrument (jarl hljóp upp v. sverði);
    5) among;
    gengu síðan í sæti sin v. öðrum mönnum, among other men;
    6) denoting barter, exchange, against, for (geta gull v. grjóti);
    7) denoting remedy, against (hjálpa e-m v. e-u);
    8) against, denoting contest, warding off (hafa liðsafla v. e-m);
    hafa (viz. afl) v. e-m, to be one’s match;
    9) ellipt. usages;
    stinga v. fótum, to stop;
    hrífa v., to catch hold;
    risa v., to withstand;
    hvatz hann fiðr v., whatsoever he may object;
    II. with acc.
    1) by, at, close to (sníða skeggit við hökuna);
    skjöldr við skjöld, shield to shield;
    v. Sandhólaferju, at Sandholferry;
    v. veginn, by the wayside;
    v. ána, by the river;
    draga segl v. hún, to hoist the sail to the top;
    festa e-n v. meið, tré, to fasten to a pole, tree;
    binda v. fót e-s, to bind up a broken leg;
    dró upp flóka v. austr, in the east;
    2) of time, towards, at;
    v. solar-setr, at sunset;
    v. sól, with the sun, at sunrise;
    v. aptan, towards evening;
    3) at, by (vera heima v. bú sitt);
    Hrútr var v. skip um sumarit, H. stayed by his ship during the summer;
    sitja v. stýri, to sit at the rudder;
    styðja sik v. e-t, to lean on;
    ganga v. staf, to walk with a staff;
    vera v. e-t, to be present at;
    sitja v. drykk, to sit at drink;
    í sýn v. bœinn, within sight of the town;
    5) denoting company, with (bauð þeim heim vill alla sína menn);
    v. annan, þriðja, fjórða mann, being two, three, four altogether;
    6) towards (a person or thing), respecting, regarding (mildr, blíðr, góðr v. e-n);
    til gæzlu v. e-n: for keeping, watching one;
    hræddr v. e-n, afraid of one;
    7) of cause, by, at;
    falla v. högg, to fall by a stroke;
    sigla v. stjörnuljós, to sail by starlight;
    verða reiðr v. e-t, to become wroth at;
    8) as compared with, set off against (þrjóta mun okkr illsku v. þik);
    eigi minna virðr en v. konunginn, of equal worth with the king;
    9) according to, after (gera klæði v. vöxt e-s);
    v. sik, in proportion;
    hann var skapaðr allr v. sik, well shaped, symmetrical;
    vita, hvat v. sik væri, to know what was the matter;
    10) denoting means, with, by (v. þessar fortölur);
    tendra eld v. e-t, to make fire by;
    11) ellipt. usages;
    bregða við, to start;
    hann þagði v., he remained silent;
    fá v. þrjú skip, to add three ships;
    þurfa v., to need;
    bjarga, hjálpa e-u v., to help, put right;
    koma e-u við, to bring about.
    (gen. -jar, pl. -jar), f. withy, withe; collar (viðjar af gulli).
    pers. pron. dual, we two.
    * * *
    1.
    f., gen. sing. viðjar, pl. viðjar, [Dan. vidje; Engl. withy; akin is víðir, q. v.]:— a withy or with; síðan var viðin ( a withy halter) dregin á hals honum, Fms. vii. 13 (see v. l.); þarmarnir urðu at viðu (sic) sterkri, Fas. iii. 34; ef röng eða viðjar slitna, Jb. 398; var enginn saumr í, en viðjar fyrir kné, of a boat, Fms. vii. 216; höggva tré til viðja, K. Þ. K. 88; viðjar af gulli ok silfri, on a dog, Hkr. i. 136, Fas. iii. 45; tún-svín þat er hringr, knappr eða við sé í rana, Grág. ii. 232; stjórn-við, the ‘rudder-withy,’ the strap in which the paddle-like rudder moved, like the ζευκτηρίαι in Act. Apost. xxvii. 40.
    2.
    pron. pers. dual (= vit), we two (see ek C); this spelling, which is also that of the oldest vellums, answers to the mod. pronunciation, passim: in mod. usage it has quite taken the place of the old plur. vér.
    3.
    prep., also used ellipt. without its case, or simply as an adverb; við is a curtailed form of viðr, which latter form remains in a few compds, even in mod. usage, thus, viðr-eign, viðr-kenna, viðr-nefni, viðr-lífi, viðr-væri; when found singly, við is the common form in Icel.; but as in MSS. it is commonly abbreviated, v̾, the two forms are hardly distinguishable; við, however, is received as the usual form, viðr being more freq. in Norse vellums, and in some later Icel. vellums imitating the Norse spelling: [Goth. wiþra = πρός; A. S. wider; cp. Scot. wither-shins; O. H. G. widar; Germ. wieder; but Engl. with; Dan. ved; Swed. wäd]:—against, towards, etc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Against, denoting a leaning or resting on, striking against, or the like; hann hjó hann upp við garðinum, smote him standing against the wall, Nj. 120; stinga höndum við berginu, Symb. 59; ganga við brekkunni, up-hill, against the hill, cp. Lat. adversus montem, Valla L. 212; skjóta við honum skildinum, Fms. i. 44; ljósta skildi við kesjunni, Eg. 378; hann spyrndi við svá fast … spyrna við grunni, Edda 36; kasta sér niðr við vellinum, Nj. 58; leggja e-n við velli, Boll. 344; slá honum niðr við steininum, dashed his head against the stone, Finnb. 292; hann drap hann við borðinu, Korm. 236; hjó af honum höfuð við stokkinum, Fas. ii. 285; ok lagði (þá) við stokki, Am. 73; hús liggja við velli, lie down in ruins, Fms. iii. 144; er hinn efri kjöptr við himni enn hinn neðri við jörðu, the upper jaw touching the heaven, the lower the earth, Edda 41; skera af sér strenginn við öxinni, rubbing it against the axe, Nj. 136; vóru segl hans at sjá við hafi, the sails were seen out at sea, far in the offing, Fas. ii. 403.
    II. against, towards, of direction; gapa við tunglinu, Fas. iii. 622; horfa við e-m, to look towards, face, Eg. 293; horfa baki við e-m, Hkr. iii. 384; líta við e-m, Nj. 132, Fms. i. 125, vii. 314; horfa vid landi, A.A. 24; snúa baki við e-m, Fas. i. 296; snúask við e-m, Hkr. ii. 120.
    III. along with, with, denoting company; hann hafði við sér harpara einn, Str. 57; hann hafði marga smiðu við sér, Fms. ix. 377; fór Margaðr ok Guthormr við honum, Hkr. iii. 113; at Ástríðr mundi vera við feðr sínum, i. 188; er hér ok Sigurðr við jarli, Fms. ix. 327; hann var þar upp fæddr við henni, x. 421; bjóðum vér þér við Hákoni þangat, ix. 252; ferr heim við sínum mönnum, Rd. 312; fór hann við liði sínu, Hkr. iii. 44; við hundrað skipum, Fas. i. 461; gengr síðan í sæti sín við oðrum mönnum, Fms. x. 17; bað biskup ríða við sér (= með sér), 6.
    2. with, of an instrument; jarl hljóp upp við sverði, Fms. ix. 340; sjau menn við vápnum, viii. 14; gengu tveir menn við merkjum, x. 15: the phrase, eiga, ala, geta barn við kouu, Grág., Fms. i. 113, iii. 110, Ld. 102, Eg. 31; merrin fékk við þeim hesti, Landn. 195.
    3. spec. usages; við góðum vinskap, Boll. 362; halda vináttu við föstum trúnaði, Fms. ix. 375; at þær sagnir muni vera við sannindum, true, viii. 6; at berjask við honum eðr við honum lífit láta, ix. 332; fara við herskildi … eyða land við eldi, x. 134; ausa e-t við moldu, Hkr. i. 220; skipuðu mörgum hlutum við (with, among) sínum mönnum, Fms. x. 91; gengu síðan í sæti sín við öðrum mönnum, among other men, 17; skreiðask fram við (= með) landinu, viii. 437.
    4. = ok, with, together with; Þórr við Grimni = Th. and G., Hallfred; höfuð við hjarta, head and heart, Kormak.
    B. METAPH. USAGES:
    I. denoting barter, exchange, against, for (like Gr. ἀντί); gefa gull við grjóti, Fas. iii. 45; selja við verði, Fms. i. 80; seldu mik við hleifi, Hm.; við litlu verði, Eg. 100; við fémútu, Nj. 215; meta e-t við silfri, Fms. x. 5; gefa margra manna líf við yðvarri þrályndi, iv. 194.
    2. denoting remedy, against; beiti við bit-sóttum en við bölvi rúnar, Hm. 140; hjálpa e-m við e-u, to help against, passim.
    II. against, denoting contest, warding off, withstanding; hafa afla við e-m, Lv. 43; hafa liðs-afla, liðs-kost við e-m, Ld. 372, Hkr. i. 272: ellipt., hafa (viz. afi) við e-m, to be one’s match, Lv. 109; þótti sem engi mundi hafa við þeim í vígi, Nj. 89; eg hefi ekki við þér, I cannot lift with (i. e. am no match for) thee; ábyrgjask e-t við e-u, Grág. ii. 216, 364; forða e-m við háska, Edda i. 116; halda þá við ágangi Hákonar, Fms. i. 224; varðveita e-n við e-u, Grág.; ekki hélzk við þeim, Eg. 125; rísa við e-m, Sturl. ii. 119; vera búinn, van-búinn við e-m, Ld. 324; sat hann þar við áhlaupum Dana, Fms. i. 28; vinna við sköpum, Fas. i. 199; sporna við e-u, göra við e-u, see göra, sporna; ef þat nemr við förinni, Ld. 70 (see nema A.I. 7, 8); mæla við e-u, Hkr. ii. 198; tölðu allir við förinni, Greg. 28; setja hug sinn við e-u, Fms. x. 232; kveða nei við e-u, Sturl. i. 27; drepa hendi við e-u, Hkr. ii. 164; reiðask við e-u, Nj. 182; e-m ríss hugr við e-u, Fas. i. 30; mér býðr við e-u, to loathe; sjá við e-u, to shun; varna við e-u, to beware of; vera hætt við e-u, in danger of, Ísl. ii. 262; ú-hætt við e-u, safe, Landn. 319.
    III. with verbs;liggja við e-u, to lie on the verge of; honum lá við falli, Fas. iii. 261; búið við skipbroti, Ísl. ii. 245; honum var við andhlaupi, Eg. 553; sjá, horfa, líta … við e-u, to look towards; taka við e-u, to receive; búask við e-u, to prepare for, expect, Ld. 106; verða vel, ílla, við e-u, to behave well, ill, on some occasion; komask við veðri, see veðr.
    IV. ellipt. usages; þeir snerusk þá við, turned round, facing, Nj. 245; hón drap við hendi, Lv. 38; hann laust við atgeirinum, Nj. 84.; hann stakk við forkinum, Eg. 220; hann stakk við fótum, stopped, Finnb. 300; hrífa við, to catch hold, Bs. i. 197, 423, Gísl. 125; búask við, to make oneself ready; göra við, to resist; rísa við, to withstand, Fs.; at ek bjóða við tvenn verð, Ld. 146; hvatz hinn fiðr við, whatsoever he may object, Nj. 99; taka við, to begin where another stops; þú skalt gefa mér við ( in return) verjuna, Fbr.
    WITH ACC.
    A. By, at, close to:
    I. denoting proximity; skjöldr við skjöld, shield to shield, in a row, Nj. 125; skip við skip, Ó. H. (in a verse); samnask hlutr við hlut, Rb. 108; hálsinn við herðarnar, Ld. 40; sníða skeggið við hökuna, Eg. 564; við bryggju-sporðinn, Fms. i. 14; grafa barn við kirkju-garð út, K. Þ. K.; uppi við fjallit, Eg. 137; við Sandhóla-ferju, Nj. 29; við vaðit, 83; við veginn, by the way-side, Fb. ii. 330; hér við ána, by the river, Ld. 46; búa við Þjórsá, Nj. 93; liggja við land, Fms. i. 14; við Ísland, Grág.; binda stein við hálsinn, Ld. 154; draga segl við hún, hoist sail to the top, Hkr. ii. 6; reka spora við eyra e-m, Nj. 82; festa e-n við meið, tré, to fasten to a pole, a tree, Glúm. 391; nísta við gólfit, to pin it to the floor (see nista); binda við fót e-s, to bind up a broken leg, Bárð. 167; dró upp flóka við austr, in the east, Vígl. 22.
    2. temporal, towards, at; við vetr sjálfan, Fms. ii. 97; Krók. 51 C; við sólar-setr, Fas. i. 514; við sól, with the sun, at sunrise. Eg. 717; við aptan, towards evening, Grág. (Kb.) ii. 143; við þat sjálft, at that moment, Fms. xi. 432; bregða í kross við hvert orð, at every word, K. Þ. K.; vera við aldr, to be stricken in years, Eb. 18, Ísl. ii. 192, Fms. ii. 81; ef barn er við dauða, on the point to die, N. G. L. i. 345; við sjálft, on the verge of (see sjálfr); við váða sjálfan, búið við geig, on the verge of, Eg. 158; Grettir var við svefn, just asleep, Grett. 127.
    3. phrases, við svá búit, after all done, often with the notion of ‘in vain, nothing having been done’ (búa B. II. δ); fóru við þat heim, Fms. i. 54, ix. 469, Nj. 127; skildu við þetta, 260, Ísl. ii. 217.
    II. at, to; Hrútr er við skip, Nj. 4; Hrútr var við búð, 79; vera heima við bú sitt, 215; hanga upp við siglu-rá, Fas. iii. 659; bundinn við staf, Eg. 232; fastr við altara, fastened to the altar, Vm. 110; styðja sik vid e-t, to lean on, Fms. ix. 512; sitja upp við hægindit, leaning on it, Ld. 16; sitja upp við vegginn, Nj. 153; ganga við staf, 219; ganga við tréfót, Eb. 66; styðjask við höndina, Fas. i. 228; rísa upp við olboga, Þórð. 15; sitja við stýri, at the rudder, Eg. 385; hafa barn við brjóst, to have a bairn at breast, N. G. L. i. 340; leggja, bæta, auka, við e-t, to add to; blanda við e-t, to mix with; vera við e-t, to be present at, Ld. 92, Eg. 540; sitja við drykk, mat, to sit at drink, meat, Eg. 303, 420.
    III. denoting association, together with; vera samþingi, samfjórðungs við e-n, Grág. ii. 237; vera saman við e-n, vera samvista við e-n, eiga samneyti við, vera sammæðr við e-n, passim; vera utan-fjórðungs við víg, Grág. ii. 89; vera við e-t riðinn; þeir vildu eigi vera hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; búa við e-n, Gísl. 17.
    2. direction; í sýn við bæinn, Fas. ii. 507; í örskots-helgi við garðinn, Grág.; standa í höggfæri við e-n, Nj. 97; við þat lík at lifa, Hm.
    IV. denoting company, with; bauð þeim heim við alla sína menn, Vígl. 27; riðu við sextigi manna, Nj. 10, 213, Ld. 164; gékk á land við einn svein, Fms. ix. 502; sækja land við útlendan her, Hkr. i. 198; við fá, marga … menn, Fas. i. 35; the phrase, við annan, þriðja fjórða … mann (see annarr I. 1); þú ert hér kominn við svá mikit fé, Ld. 112; sækja mál við níu búa, Grág.; við váttorð, Kb. i. 103; leyfa e-t við vitni, Ld. 104; bjóða e-t við váttorð, in the presence of, by witnesses, Nj. 243.
    B. METAPH. USAGES:
    I. towards a person or thing, respecting, regarding; hryðja við aðilja, Grág. (Kb.) i. 127; missa fjár síns við þjóf, Grág.; skilja við e-n, to part with (see skilja); til metnaðar við sik, Edda i. 20; til huggunar við sik, Ld. 228; til þjónustu við e-n, Eg. 28; til gæzlu við e-n, for keeping, watching one, Ld. 152; ganga, koma, fara til fundar, til móts … við e-n, 62, 90, Nj. 4, Eg. 101; mildr, blíðr, léttr, kátr, ástúðigr, góðr, harðr, grimmr, reiðr, harðráðr, stríðr, … við menn, mild … towards, Nj. 2, 47, 48; víkjast undan við e-n, Ld. 42; fyrir kapps sakir við e-n, til liðveizlu, hjálpar … við e-n, Eg. 44, Nj. 75; sýna vinskap, halda vinskap við e-n, Ld. 150; leggja ást við e-n, 34; líka vel, ílla við e-n, Nj. 53; eiga eyrindi við e-n, Eg. 260; eiga orð við e-n, 255; hafa lög við e-n, Nj. 106; tala, mæla, ræða, segja, spjalla við e-n, to talk, speak … with a person, passim; skipta, eiga, … við e-n, to deal… with; berjask, deila við e-n, to fight with, against; göra e-t við e-n, so to act with, Greg. 43; reyna e-t við e-n, to contend with one, Nj. 46, 94, Edda i. 106; hafa misgört við e-n, Fms. viii. 103; láta vaxa óþokka við e-n, Nj. 107; tilför við Gunuar, 101; mála-tilbúnaðr við e-n, 100; sekr við e-n, útlagr við goða, Grág.
    2. hræddr við e-n, afraid of one; verða varr við e-t, to perceive; vanr við e-t, used to a thing; hann var svá vanr við vini sína, Fms. viii. 220; fella sik við e-t, kunna við e-t, to apply oneself to, to like.
    II. of cause, by, at; falla við högg, to fall by a stroke, Nj. 163; hrata við lagit, Eg. 379; vakna við e-t, Fas. ii. 116; vakna við draum; verða glaðr, reiðr, hryggr, úkátr … við e-t, to become glad, wroth … at, Íb. 10, Eg. 102, 321, passim; bregða sér við e-t, Ld. 190: by, við minn atbeina, Fms. vi. 66; við samþykki e-s, Eg. 165; við ráð e-s, Grág. (Kb.) ii. 30; gört þat við einræði þitt, Ld. 188; et þat at vánum við skaplyndi Þorgeirs, Nj. 255; hlaða seglum við mikinn háska, with great danger, Korm. 168; sigla við stjörnu-ljós, to sail by star-light, Fms. i. 24; lesa við ljós, to read with a light; búa sik við skart, to dress fine.
    III. as compared with, set off against; sex sær við kú, Grág. i. 502–504; selja, virðing sína við íllgirni þínaa, Eb. 160; þrjóta mun mik íllsku við þik. Hkr. i. 322; mik skortir við hann, Nj. 90; hafa afta við e-n, Eg. 187; eigi minna virðr enn við konunginn, i. e. of equal worth with the king, Fms. xi. 45; er þetta við mikla fémuni, Hrafn. 19; fjórðungi skerð við goðorð önnur, Grág. (Kb.) i. 211; Skotland er þriðjungr ríkis við England, Nj. 266; þriðjung við liðsmenn, Eg. 57; at þriðjungi við ykkr, Ld. 102; helming við hann, Fms. i. 22; gaf þeim hálfar tekjur við sik, 7.
    IV. við þann kost, on that condition, Grág. (Kb.) i. 233: of medicine, for, við svefnleysi, við orms-bit, við offeitan kvið …, Lækn.: in mod. usage dat., and so in Hm. 138.
    V. denoting fitness, proportion; göra klæði við vöxt e-s, Eg. 516; við þeirra hæfi, 109; er þat ekki við þitt æði, Ld. 298; vera við alþýðu-skap, Fs. 63; við sik, in proportion, B. K. 8; neyta skógar við sik sem þarf, Grág. ii. 292; þat er hann má eigi sjálfr við sik njóta, himself alone, 623. 21; hann var skapaðr allr við sik, well shaped, symmetrical, Fas. i. 173; fagrt ok allt vel við sik, Fms. x. 321; veðrit vesnaði en nátt-myrkr á við sik. Bjarn. 52; vita hvat við sik væri, to know what was the matter, Fms. xi. 11, Fas. ii. 516; leggja mál við tré, Ld. 316; draga kvarða við lérept, vaðmál, Grág. i. 497, 498.
    VI. with, by, denoting means; tendra eld við fjallrapa, to light fire with, Bs. i. 7; við þessar fortölur, Ld. 204; kom svá við umtölur góðra manna, Nj. 267; við áskoran þína, 258; mýkjask við e-t, Fms. v. 239; húð skorpnuð við eld, Nj. 208.
    VII. with verbs; lifa við skömm, meizlur, harm, lifa við slíka harma, to live with or in shame, sorrow, Nj. 92, Hkr. ii. 107, Eg. 604, Ld. 332; leika við e-n, Nj. 2; kaupa við e-n, Grág.; binda við e-t, to bind, fasten to; sætta, rægja, friða e-n við e-n, Eg. 226, Grág. ii. 99; tala, … við e-n, to speak, deal … with, Nj. 2, 197, Ld. 22 (see I); hefja upp bónorð við e-n, Eg. 38; leita eptir við e-n, leita ráða við e-n, eiga hlut at við e-n, Nj. 75, 101, 213, Eg. 174; fæða, lifa, fæðask, ala, búa, bjargast, við e-t, to feed, live, subsist … on, Edda i. 46, Fms. i. 226, v. 219, Nj. 236, passim; vera við e-t, to be present at, and metaph. to enjoy, Hom. 87, Edda (pref.); nema lyfsteinn sé við riðinn, Ld. 250; hann brá upp við fætinum (viz. við lagit), Nj. 264; binda við e-t, to bind to, Fms. ix. 358; at þeim heimilum ok í örskotshelgi við (viz. þau) á alla vega, Grág. (Kb.) i. 88; þar við, hér við, at engi mundi þar þora við at etja, Nj. 89.
    2. hagr við e-t, skilful at; kunna vel við e-t, id.; skjarr við skot, Ls.; temja, venja, … við e-t; drekka við sleitur (see sleita); kveða við raust, Sturl. iii. 317, Eg. 554; syngja vid tón, Sturl. iii. 210; búa sik við skart, skikkja búin við gull, Fms. x. 199; skyrta saumuð við gull, embroidered with, Fas. ii. 529; glóa við gull, to glow or gleam with gold, Lex. Poët.
    VIII. elliptical or ad- verbial usages; bregða við, to start; hann þagði við, remained silent, Nj. 2; verða bilt, felmt við, Ísl. ii. 274, Nj. 105; fá við þrjú skip, to add three ships, Fms. xi. 73; jók nú miklu við, it waxed much, Ld. 54; kveða við, gella við, to scream, yell; þurfa við, to need, Nj. 74; njóta e-s við, to enjoy, 85; komask við, to be touched; leita við, to try; bera við, to happen (see bera); koma við, to touch; standa, bíða við, to stop a bit; nema við, to hinder, cause a hindrance; kunna við, to like; koma e-u við, to bring a thing about, 101; ef ek viðr um kæmumk, if I could manage it, Hbl.; bjarga e-u við, hjálpa við, to help, put right; reisa við, rétta við, to raise up again, put right; kannask við, to recognise; vera við staddr, to be present, = við e-t staddr.
    IX. in recipr. phrases, talask við, eigask við, fásk við, etc., to speak … to one another, where the object is suffixed to the preceding verb.
    X. with an adverb or particle, of direction; upp á við, niðr á við, upwards, downwards; vestr á við, Fas. ii. 244; móts við, towards; á við, equivalent to (það er á við tvær merkr); austan við, vestan við, sunnan við, fram við, inn við, etc., followed by an accusative.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VIÐ

  • 12 rond

    rond, e1 [ʀɔ̃, ʀɔ̃d]
    1. adjective
       a. round ; [épaules] fleshy ; [fesses] plump ; [poitrine] full
       b. ( = net) round
       c. ( = soûl) (inf) drunk
    • être rond comme une bille or comme une queue de pelle to be blind drunk (inf)
    2. masculine noun
       a. ( = cercle) ring
    • s'asseoir/danser en rond to sit/dance in a circle
    • tourner en rond (à pied) to walk round and round ; (en voiture) to drive round in circles ; (enquête, discussion) to go round in circles
       b. ( = sou) (inf) ronds cash (inf) uncount
    • il n'a pas le or un rond he hasn't got a penny to his name
    • ça doit valoir des ronds ! that must be worth a mint! (inf)
    3. adverb
    • qu'est-ce qui ne tourne pas rond ? (inf) what's the matter?
    • ça fait 50 € tout rond it comes to exactly 50 euros
    * * *

    1.
    ronde ʀɔ̃, ʀɔ̃d adjectif
    1) ( en forme de cercle) gén round; [bâtiment] circular
    2) ( arrondi) gén rounded; [seins] full; [visage] round; [personne] tubby

    elle se trouve trop ronde — euph she thinks she's too fat

    3) ( net) [nombre] round
    4) (colloq) ( ivre) drunk

    2.
    nom masculin ( cercle) circle

    faire des ronds dans l'eau — lit to make ripples in the water

    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    être rond en affaires — (colloq) to be honest, to be on the level (colloq)

    être rond comme une barrique or une queue de pelle or un petit pois — (colloq) to be blind drunk (colloq)

    * * *
    ʀɔ̃, ʀɔ̃d rond, -e
    1. adj
    1) (= sphérique, circulaire) round

    La Terre est ronde. — The earth is round.

    2) (mollets) well-rounded, (joues) round

    Il a les joues rondes. — He has round cheeks.

    3) * (= ivre) drunk, tight *

    Il est complètement rond. — He's completely drunk.

    4) (= sans détour)
    2. nm
    1) (= cercle) circle

    Elle a dessiné un rond sur le sable. — She drew a circle in the sand.

    en rond [s'asseoir, danser] — in a circle, in a ring

    Ils se sont assis en rond. — They sat down in a circle.

    2) * (= sou)

    je n'ai plus un rond — I haven't a penny to my name, I'm broke *

    3. nf
    1) [surveillance] patrol
    2) (= danse) round dance
    3) MUSIQUE semibreve Grande-Bretagne whole note USA

    à la ronde (= alentour) — around, (= à chacun) around

    Il a passé les photos à la ronde. — He passed the photos around., He passed the photos round. Grande-Bretagne

    4. adv
    * * *
    A adj
    1 gén [objet, table, trou, chapeau, tête, œil] round; [tube, bâtiment] circular; [plat] round, circular; [écriture, lettres] rounded; [bras, mollet, ventre, cuisse, menton] rounded; [seins] full; [visage] round; [personne] tubby; un petit nez rond a button nose; un bébé tout rond a chubby baby; elle se trouve trop ronde euph she thinks she's too fat;
    2 ( net) [nombre, chiffre] round; un compte rond a round sum; ça fait trois cents euros tout rond that's three hundred euros exactly; elle a sept ans tout rond she's seven years old exactly;
    3 ○( ivre) drunk;
    4 Vin [vin] round.
    B nm
    1 ( cercle) circle; tracer un rond to draw a circle; danser en rond to dance (round) in a circle; s'asseoir en rond to sit in a circle ou ring; faire des ronds de fumée to blow smoke rings; faire des ronds dans l'eau lit to make ripples in the water; un rond de lumière a patch of light; ⇒ baver;
    2 ◑( argent) ils ont des ronds they're rich, they're loaded○; n'avoir plus un rond to be broke○; tu as assez de ronds? have you got enough dough○?; coûter des ronds to cost a bundle○!;
    3 Culin ( morceau de bœuf) round steak;
    4 ( tranche) slice.
    C ronde nf
    1 Danse, Mus round dance; faire une ronde to make ou form a circle; entrer dans la ronde lit, fig to join the dance;
    2 ( va-et-vient) la ronde des voitures sur la place de la Concorde/le circuit the cars whirling round Place de la Concorde/the circuit; la ronde des notes de service dans un bureau memos going the rounds in an office; la ronde des saisons the passing of the seasons;
    3 ( inspection) ( de policiers) patrol; (de soldats, gardiens) watch; faire sa ronde to be on patrol ou watch;
    4 Mus ( note) semibreve GB, whole note US;
    5 ( écriture arrondie) roundhand.
    D à la ronde loc adv
    1 ( autour) around; toutes les cloches à la ronde sonnaient all the bells were ringing for miles around; on entendait le bruit à trois kilomètres à la ronde you could hear the noise three kilometresGB away;
    2 ( ici et là) around; offrir des gâteaux à la ronde to pass some cakes around.
    rond à béton Constr reinforcing bar; rond de jambe Danse rond de jambe; faire des ronds de jambe à qn fig to be overly polite to sb; rond de serviette napkin ring; rond de sorcière fairy ring.
    être rond en affaires○ to be honest, to be on the level○; ouvrir des yeux ronds to be wide-eyed with astonishment; être rond comme une barrique or queue de pelle or un petit pois to be blind drunk○.
    ( féminin ronde) [rɔ̃, rɔ̃d] adjectif
    1. [circulaire] round, circular
    faire ou ouvrir des yeux ronds to stare in disbelief
    2. [bien en chair] round, full, plump
    un visage tout rond a round face, a moon face (péjoratif)
    5. [chiffre, somme] round
    ————————
    nom masculin
    1. [cercle] circle, ring
    faire des ronds de fumée to blow ou to make smoke rings
    2. [anneau] ring
    3. (familier) [sou]
    je n'ai plus un rond I'm flat broke, I'm skint (UK)
    ————————
    adverbe
    (familier & locution)
    tourner rond to go well, to run smoothly
    qu'est-ce qui ne tourne pas rond? what's the matter?, what's the problem?
    tout rond [exactement] exactly
    ————————
    en rond locution adverbiale
    [se placer, s'asseoir] in a circle
    [danser] in a ring

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > rond

  • 13 NÝR

    * * *
    (acc. nýjan), a.
    1) new (n. átrúnaðr); af nýju, anew, again; næst nýss, just recently (þat vann næst nýss niðr Ylvinga);
    2) fresh (nýtt kjöt, nýir fiskar).
    * * *
    adj., ný, nýtt; gen. nýs, nýrar, nýs; dat. nýjum, nýri, nýju; acc. nýjan, nýja, nýtt: pl. nýir, nýjar, ný; gen. nýra, mod. nýrra; dat. nýjum; acc. nýja, nýjar, ný, see Gramm. p. xix: compar. nýri, mod. nýrri; superl. nýstr, mod. nýjastr; [Ulf. niujis = καινός and νέος; A. S. niwe; Engl. new; O. H. G. niuwi; Germ. neu; Dan.-Swed. ny]:—new; vaðmál nýtt ok únotið, Grág. i. 500; skrúðklæði ný, 504; nýtt tungl, a new moon, but in old usage, as it seems, the waxing, or even the full moon; cp. however, þvíat nýtt var at ok niða-myrkr, Grett. 111 A, where Ed. 1853 has hríð var á.
    2. fresh; nýtt kjöt, þat er siðr Færcyinga at hafa nýtt kjöt öllum missarum, Fær. 298; nýja fiska ok ostrur, N. G. L. ii. 263; í nýju nauta blóði, Hdl. 10.
    II. temp, new, fresh, recent; ný tíðendi, fresh news, Fas. iii. 597; nýra spjalla, Hkv. Hjörv. 31; of ný samkvámu-mál, Grág. i. 458; inn nýi háttr, the new metre, Edda (Ht.); þetta görðu menn at nýjum tíðendum, Nj. 14; ný bóla, a new blotch, in the phrase, það er engin ný bóla, ‘tis no new thing, ‘tis an old sore.
    III. as subst., hón sagði at þat væri nú nýjast, Fas. iii. 219; spyrja eptir hvat til nýs ( quid novi) hefir borit, Mar.
    2. adverb, phrases; næst nýs, nearest new, just recently, Hkv. 2. 7; af nýju, anew, again, Hkr. ii. 38, Stj. 504; mod., að nýju, Bs. i. 768; at fornu ok nýju, of old and of late, passim; á nýja-leik, anew, again, Fms. ix. 274, see leikr.
    IV. in local names, as, Nýja-land, Newland (in America), Ann. 1290.
    COMPDS: nýjabrum, nýjaleik.
    B. ný-, denoting newly, recently, may be prefixed to almost every part. pass. as also to adjectives with a part. pass. sense; thus, ný-alinn, ný-fæddr, ný-borinn, new-born, Rb. 346, Fms. iii. 111; ný-gotinn, newly dropped; ný-gipt, ný-kvángaðr, newly married. Sks. 47, Fms. xi. 88; ný-skírðr, newly christened, ii. 42; ný-grafinn, -jarðaðr, newly buried; ný-vígðr, newly ordained or consecrated, Bs. i. 131, Ld. 230, Fms. ix. 413; ný-andaðr, ný-dáinn, ný-látinn, ný-dauðr, -fallinn, -drepinn, newly dead, Fms. xi. 308, Fas. i. 57, Glúm. 392, Fbr. 115, Mar.; ný-kominn, just come, Orkn. 450, Fms. i. 27, x. 118, Eg. 14; ný-farinn, ný-genginn, ný-sigldr, ný-riðinn, ný-hlaupinn, having newly gone, parted, sailed, ridden away, Landn. 84, Fms. ii. 278, viii. 350; ný-háttaðr, ný-sofnaðr, ný vaknaðr, newly gone to bed, to sleep, just awake, v. 105, Orkn. 212 Fas. ii. 411; ný-staðinn upp, having just risen; ný-seztr, having just sat down; ný-klæddr, just dressed, Hkr. iii. 128; ný-görr, newly made, Sturl. i. 121, Bárð. 168; ný-fenginn just recovered, Fms. x. 387; ný-brotinn, fresh broken, 623. 20; ný-gefinn, newly given, Eg. 174; ný-fundinn, just found, discovered, Stj. 650; ný-tekið, just received, Eg. 478, Fms. vii. 60; ný-misst, ný-tapaðr, newly lost; ný-liðinn, just past, Greg. 82; ný-byrjaðr, just begun; ný-lokinn, ný-endaðr, just finished, just done, Rb. 56; ný-lagðr, new-laid, Bs. i. 346; ný-búinn, just done; ný-mæltr, newly spoken, Fas. iii. 75; ný-tekinn, fresh taken, Eg. 478, Fms. vii. 60; ný-dubbaðr, new-dubbed, Al. 7; ný-nefndr, newly named, Bs. i. 699; ný-spurt, newly heard, Fms. i. 213; ný-orðinn (ný-skeð), having just happened, Bs. i. 469, Fms. viii. 5; ný-ortr, ný-ritaðr, ný-skrifaðr, newly composed, written, Glúm. 384; ný-sagðr, ný-talaðr, newly said, reported, Bs. i. 768; ný-greindr, id., 700; ný-vaxinn, Landn. 190; ný-runninn, ný-sprottinn, newly grown, Str. 49, Stj. 290; ný-bræddr, fresh tarred, Fms. viii. 383, xi. 437; ný-birktr, new-barked, of trees; ný-blæddr, new-bled, Orkn. 460, Symb. 29; ný-klipptr, new-shorn, Mart. 123; ný-markaðr, of sheep, Lv. 48; ný-saumaðr, fresh sewn, Orkn. 182; ný-sopit, having just sipped, Fbr. 214; ný-kefldr, newly gagged, of lambs, Eb. 244; ný-skorinn, new-cut, Eg. 516, Fms. iii. 114; ný-sleginn, new-mown, Str. 45; ný-soðinn, fresh cooked, Fas. ii. 232; ný-bakaðr, new-baked, Stj. 121; ný-þveginn, newly washed; ný-litaðr, fresh dyed, Blas. 45, Bs. i. 446; ný-þaktr, new-thatched, Fms. v. 331; ný-hvattr, new-whetted, Bjarn. 65; ný-karinn, new-polished, Fas. iii. 635; ný-bygðr, new-built; ný-þelaðr, refill nýþelaðr, a carpet with the nap on, i. e. not worn, not threadbare, Dipl. v. 18; ný-leitað, Grett. 111 A; ný-legit, Bs. i. 189; ný-rekit, Hrafn. 8; ný-skilizt, hafði hann nýskilizk við Túnsbergs menn, he had newly parted with them, Fms. viii. 408, v. l.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > NÝR

  • 14 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 15 encima

    adv.
    1 on top (arriba).
    pásame el de encima pass me the top one o the one on top
    el vecino de encima the upstairs neighbor
    vivo encima de tu casa I live upstairs from you
    el pan está encima de la nevera the bread is on (top of) the fridge
    vive por encima de sus posibilidades he lives beyond his means
    por encima de todo more than anything else
    2 on top of that.
    encima de no hacerlo bien… on top of not doing it well…
    encima de ser tonto, es feo on top of being stupid, he's also ugly
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: encimar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: encimar.
    * * *
    1 (más arriba) above, overhead; (sobre) on top
    2 (ropa etc) on, on top
    ■ ¿llevas cambio encima? do you have any change on you?
    4 (además) in addition, besides
    5 familiar (por si fuera poco) what's more, on top of that, besides
    \
    de encima top, on top, above
    encima de (a más altura) over, above 2 (sobre) on 3 (además) besides, as well as, on top of that
    estar alguien encima de otro familiar to be on somebody's back, be breathing down somebody's neck
    por encima (a más altura) above 2 (de pasada) superficially
    quitarse algo de encima / quitarse a alguien de encima figurado to get rid of something / get rid of somebody
    tener algo encima figurado to be just round the corner
    * * *
    adv.
    1) above, on top
    2) upon
    •
    * * *
    ADV
    1) [en el espacio]

    • encima de — [con contacto] on top of; [sin contacto] above

    • llevar o tener algo encima, no llevaba encima la documentación — I didn't have the papers on me

    • venirse encima de algn — [animal, vehículo] to come (straight) at sb, bear down on sb; [peso, mueble] to fall on (top of) sb

    - hacerse encima
    mundo 5)
    2) [en el tiempo] upon

    se nos echó la noche encima — it grew dark, night fell

    se nos viene encima la fecha de la boda — the wedding is nearly upon us, the wedding is just around the corner

    3)

    • por encima —

    a) (=por lo alto) over

    • por encima de — over

    ha nevado por encima de los 2.500m — there is snow above o over 2,500 metres

    • estar por encima de algo — [en cantidad, nivel] to be above sth; [en preferencia] to come before sth

    • por encima de todo — above all

    b) (=superficialmente)
    4) (=además) on top of that

    • encima de — besides, as well as

    y luego, encima de todo lo que dijo, se fue sin disculparse — and then, as well as o on top of saying all that, he left without apologizing

    5) esp Cono Sur

    • encima mío/tuyo/ etc — above me/you/etc

    * * *
    3) ( además)

    y encima no me lo devolvió — and on top of that, he didn't give it back

    encima de: encima de la mesa on the table; encima del armario on top of the cupboard; llevaba un chal encima de la chaqueta she wore a shawl over her jacket; viven encima de la tienda they live over o above the shop; encima de caro es feo not only is it expensive, it's also ugly; echarse algo encima < deuda> to saddle o land oneself with something; < problema> to take... upon oneself; echarse encima a alguien (AmL): se echó encima a todos los profesores he turned all the teachers against him; estar encima de alguien or estarle encima a alguien (fam) to be on at somebody (colloq); hacerse encima (fam & euf) ( orinarse) to wet oneself; ( hacerse caca): todavía se hace encima he still messes his pants; por encima: esparcir las almendras por encima sprinkle the almonds over it o on top; volaban por encima del pueblo they flew over the town; está por encima del jefe de sección she's higher up than o she's above the head of department; temperaturas por encima de lo normal above-average temperatures; lo leí por encima I just skimmed through it; le eché un vistazo muy por encima I just looked over it very quickly; una limpieza por encima a quick clean; por encima de todo: por encima de todo, que no se entere él above all o most important, he mustn't find out; pone su carrera por encima de todo she puts her career before anything else; quitarse or sacarse algo de encima <problema/tarea> to get something out of the way; quitarse or sacarse a alguien de encima — to get rid of somebody

    * * *
    = on top, thereupon [thereon].
    Ex. Built for King Frederick William II. in 1788-91 with the Quadriga on top, a four-horse chariot driven by the goddess of Victory, holding the symbols of victory.
    Ex. The inspector may enter, inspect and examine an amusement park and the amusement devices and structures contained thereupon.
    ----
    * actuar por encima de {Posesivo} capacidades = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * destacar por encima de los demás = stand out from + the rest, stand out above + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * echar por encima = top with.
    * echarse encima de = bear down on.
    * écharsele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * encima de = on top of, above, atop.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.
    * justo encima de = smack right on top of.
    * leer por encima = browse, skim, skim read.
    * leer rápidamente por encima = skim through.
    * mirar por encima = eyeball.
    * mirar por encima del hombre = look down + Posesivo + nose at.
    * mirar por encima del hombro = look over + Posesivo + shoulders, look down on/upon.
    * muy por encima de todo = over and above all.
    * pasar por encima = pass over.
    * pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * por encima = overhead.
    * por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.
    * por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * por encima de eso = beyond that.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * por encima de la tierra = aboveground.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * quitarse a Alguien de encima = keep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + back, get + Nombre + off + Posesivo + back.
    * quitarse de encima = shake off.
    * quitarse un (buen) peso de encima = get + a (real) weight off + Posesivo + chest.
    * quitarse un peso de encima = take + a weight off + Posesivo + mind, take + a load off + Posesivo + mind.
    * quitar un peso de encima = remove + burden from shoulders.
    * quitar un peso de encima a Alguien = lift + a weight off + Posesivo + shoulders.
    * sacudirse de encima = shake off.
    * sobresalir por encima de los demás = stand out from + the rest, a cut above the rest, stick up above + the rest, stick out above + the rest, a cut above, stand out above + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * tratar muy por encima = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.
    * y encima = into the bargain.
    * * *
    3) ( además)

    y encima no me lo devolvió — and on top of that, he didn't give it back

    encima de: encima de la mesa on the table; encima del armario on top of the cupboard; llevaba un chal encima de la chaqueta she wore a shawl over her jacket; viven encima de la tienda they live over o above the shop; encima de caro es feo not only is it expensive, it's also ugly; echarse algo encima < deuda> to saddle o land oneself with something; < problema> to take... upon oneself; echarse encima a alguien (AmL): se echó encima a todos los profesores he turned all the teachers against him; estar encima de alguien or estarle encima a alguien (fam) to be on at somebody (colloq); hacerse encima (fam & euf) ( orinarse) to wet oneself; ( hacerse caca): todavía se hace encima he still messes his pants; por encima: esparcir las almendras por encima sprinkle the almonds over it o on top; volaban por encima del pueblo they flew over the town; está por encima del jefe de sección she's higher up than o she's above the head of department; temperaturas por encima de lo normal above-average temperatures; lo leí por encima I just skimmed through it; le eché un vistazo muy por encima I just looked over it very quickly; una limpieza por encima a quick clean; por encima de todo: por encima de todo, que no se entere él above all o most important, he mustn't find out; pone su carrera por encima de todo she puts her career before anything else; quitarse or sacarse algo de encima <problema/tarea> to get something out of the way; quitarse or sacarse a alguien de encima — to get rid of somebody

    * * *
    = on top, thereupon [thereon].

    Ex: Built for King Frederick William II. in 1788-91 with the Quadriga on top, a four-horse chariot driven by the goddess of Victory, holding the symbols of victory.

    Ex: The inspector may enter, inspect and examine an amusement park and the amusement devices and structures contained thereupon.
    * actuar por encima de {Posesivo} capacidades = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * destacar por encima de los demás = stand out from + the rest, stand out above + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * echar por encima = top with.
    * echarse encima de = bear down on.
    * écharsele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * encima de = on top of, above, atop.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.
    * justo encima de = smack right on top of.
    * leer por encima = browse, skim, skim read.
    * leer rápidamente por encima = skim through.
    * mirar por encima = eyeball.
    * mirar por encima del hombre = look down + Posesivo + nose at.
    * mirar por encima del hombro = look over + Posesivo + shoulders, look down on/upon.
    * muy por encima de todo = over and above all.
    * pasar por encima = pass over.
    * pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * por encima = overhead.
    * por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.
    * por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * por encima de eso = beyond that.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * por encima de la tierra = aboveground.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * quitarse a Alguien de encima = keep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + back, get + Nombre + off + Posesivo + back.
    * quitarse de encima = shake off.
    * quitarse un (buen) peso de encima = get + a (real) weight off + Posesivo + chest.
    * quitarse un peso de encima = take + a weight off + Posesivo + mind, take + a load off + Posesivo + mind.
    * quitar un peso de encima = remove + burden from shoulders.
    * quitar un peso de encima a Alguien = lift + a weight off + Posesivo + shoulders.
    * sacudirse de encima = shake off.
    * sobresalir por encima de los demás = stand out from + the rest, a cut above the rest, stick up above + the rest, stick out above + the rest, a cut above, stand out above + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * tratar muy por encima = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.
    * y encima = into the bargain.

    * * *
    A
    (en el espacio): le puso el pie/una piedra encima he put his foot/a stone on it
    no tengo or llevo dinero encima I don't have any money on me
    se me sentaron encima they sat on top of me
    se tiró el café encima she spilled the coffee over herself
    vi el coche cuando ya lo tenía encima I didn't see the car until it was on top of me
    el autobús se nos venía encima the bus was coming straight at o toward(s) us
    se me vino el armario encima the cupboard came down on top of me
    se le vino encima una enorme responsabilidad he had to take on a great deal of reponsibility
    B
    (en el tiempo): ya tenemos las fiestas encima the festive season is just around the corner
    los exámenes ya estaban encima the exams were already upon us
    la fecha se nos vino encima y no habíamos terminado the day arrived and we hadn't finished
    se nos venía or echaba encima la noche night was falling (around us)
    C
    (además): es caro y encima de mala calidad it's expensive and, not only that, it's poor quality
    le han dado el mejor lugar — ¡y encima se queja! they've given her the best seat — and she goes and complains!
    y encima, no me lo quiso devolver and then o and on top of that, he wouldn't give it back!
    D ( en locs):
    encima de: encima de la mesa on the table
    encima del armario on top of the cupboard
    llevaba un chal encima de la chaqueta she wore a shawl over her jacket
    viven encima de la tienda they live over o above the shop
    encima de caro es feo as well as being expensive, it's (also) ugly o not only is it expensive, it's also ugly
    echarse algo encima ‹deuda› to saddle o land o ( BrE) lumber oneself with sth;
    ‹problema› to take … upon oneself
    echarse encima a algn ( AmL): se echó encima a todos los profesores he turned all the teachers against him, he got on the wrong side of all the teachers
    hacerse encima ( fam euf) (orinarse) to wet oneself
    (hacerse caca): todavía se hace encima he still messes his pants o does it in his pants
    por encima: esparcir las almendras por encima sprinkle the almonds over it o on top
    la miró por encima de los anteojos he looked at her over the top of his glasses
    los aviones volaban por encima del pueblo the planes flew over the town
    ella está por encima del jefe de sección she's higher up than o she's above the head of department
    pasar por encima de algn or pasarle por encima a algn (para un ascenso) to pass sb over; (para una consulta, queja) to go over sb's head
    temperaturas por encima de lo normal above-average temperatures
    un porcentaje muy por encima de la media a much higher than average percentage
    está muy por encima de la competencia it is well ahead of the competition
    lo leí muy por encima I skipped through it
    le eché un vistazo muy por encima I just looked over o through it very quickly
    hice una limpieza muy por encima I gave the place a very quick clean
    por encima de todo: por encima de todo, que no se entere ella above all o most important, she mustn't find out
    pone su carrera por encima de todo she puts her career before anything else
    quitarse or sacarse algo/a algn de encima: me saqué ese problema de encima I got that problem out of the way
    por lo menos te has sacado ese peso de encima at least you've got that weight off your mind
    no sabía qué hacer para quitármela de encima I didn't know what to do to get rid of her
    * * *

     

    encima adverbio
    1 ( en el espacio):

    no llevo dinero encima I don't have any money on me;
    se tiró el café encima she spilled the coffee over herself;
    se me vino el armario encima the cupboard came down on top of me
    2 ( además):
    ◊ ¡y encima se queja! and then she goes and complains!;

    y encima no me lo devolvió and on top of that, he didn't give it back!
    3 ( en locs)
    ◊ encima de: encima de la mesa on the table;

    encima del armario on top of the cupboard;
    llevaba un chal encima de la chaqueta she wore a shawl over her jacket;
    viven encima de la tienda they live over o above the shop;
    encima de caro es feo not only is it expensive, it's also ugly;
    por encima over;
    saltó por encima he jumped over;
    le eché un vistazo por encima I just looked over it quickly;
    una limpieza por encima a quick clean;
    por encima de above;
    por encima de la media above average;
    por encima de todo above everything;
    volaban por encima de las nubes/del pueblo they flew above the clouds/over the town;
    está por encima del jefe de sección she's above the head of department;
    quitarse algo de encima ‹problema/tarea› to get sth out of the way;
    quitarse a algn de encima to get rid of sb
    encima adverbio
    1 (en la parte superior de) on top: pon la maleta encima, put the case on top
    2 (sobre uno) no tenía encima la documentación, she didn't have her papers on her
    (sobre el cuerpo) se me cayó encima el café, I spilt the coffee over myself
    se echó una manta encima, he put a blanket over himself
    3 (sobre el espíritu, en la mente) tiene muchas preocupaciones encima, she has got lots of worries
    4 (además) besides, on top of that: se estropeó el coche y encima empezó a nevar, the car broke down and then to cap it all it started to snow
    no da ni golpe y encima se queja, he doesn't lift a finger and on top of all that he complains
    5 (muy cerca) tengo encima el coche de detrás, the car behind is getting too close
    (muy pendiente) on top of, in control of: tengo al jefe encima todo el día, I've got the boss breathing down my neck all day
    ♦ Locuciones: encima de, (sobre) on, over: vive encima de un bar, she lives above a bar
    por encima, (superficialmente) hablamos de ello por encima, we scarcely talked about it
    por encima de, over: los pájaros volaban por encima, birds flew overhead
    ' encima' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    añadidura
    - arriba
    - cadáver
    - casa
    - echarse
    - espachurrar
    - estar
    - fullera
    - fullero
    - hombro
    - llevar
    - montante
    - mundo
    - peso
    - por
    - quitarse
    - saltar
    - sobre
    - superar
    - atropellar
    - mirada
    - ojo
    - posibilidad
    - quitar
    - tener
    - todavía
    English:
    above
    - atop
    - bear down on
    - beyond
    - bob
    - body
    - bung
    - burn out
    - canopy
    - cave in
    - clamber
    - class
    - dead
    - disdain
    - excel
    - eye
    - grape
    - hold
    - hover
    - neck
    - on
    - one-upmanship
    - over
    - overhang
    - overhead
    - paint out
    - plonk
    - rise above
    - rivet
    - senior
    - shake off
    - sketchily
    - skim
    - stand
    - standard
    - top
    - upon
    - bargain
    - by
    - capacity
    - carry
    - first
    - get
    - go
    - just
    - keep
    - look
    - nag
    - nose
    - palm
    * * *
    ♦ adv
    1. [arriba] on top;
    [en el piso de arriba] upstairs;
    un pastel con una guinda encima a cake with a cherry on top;
    pásame el de encima pass me the top one o the one on top;
    yo vivo encima I live upstairs;
    el vecino de encima the upstairs neighbour;
    tienes encima un mosquito you've got a mosquito on you;
    Am
    de encima in addition, besides;
    le cayó encima la responsabilidad de dirigir el partido the responsibility of leading the party was thrust upon her;
    el autobús se le echó encima antes de que pudiera reaccionar the bus was upon him before he had time to react;
    tiene a su jefe encima todo el día his boss is on at him o on his back all day long
    2. [en tiempo]
    las elecciones ya están encima the elections are already upon us;
    se nos echó la noche encima night fell, night descended upon us
    3. [además] on top of that;
    está lejos y encima no hay transporte público it's a long way away and on top of that o what is more, there's no public transport;
    voy a consolarlo y encima me grita I go to comfort him and all he does is shout at me
    4. [sobre sí]
    lleva un abrigo encima she has a coat on;
    ponte algo encima, vas a tener frío put something on, you'll be cold;
    ¿llevas dinero encima? have you got any money on you?;
    le quitaron todo lo que llevaba encima they took everything he had with him
    ♦ encima de loc prep
    1. [sobre, en] on (top of);
    el pan está encima de la nevera the bread is on (top of) the fridge
    2. [en lugar más alto que] above;
    encima de la montaña el cielo se encapotó the sky above the mountain clouded over;
    vivo encima de tu casa I live upstairs from you;
    estar encima de alguien [controlar, vigilar] to be on sb's back;
    mi madre está encima de mí todo el día my mother's on at me o on my back all day long
    3. [además de] as well as;
    encima de (ser) tonto, es feo as well as being stupid, he's also ugly;
    encima de no hacerlo bien… not only did he not do it well…
    ♦ por encima loc adv
    1. [sobre la parte superior] on top;
    por encima lleva una capa de chocolate it has a layer of chocolate on top;
    había ropa por encima de la cama there were clothes on the bed
    2. [por arriba]
    la ciudad tenía una capa de contaminación por encima the city was covered with a layer of pollution;
    volaron por encima de los Alpes they flew over the Alps;
    el sol asomaba por encima de las montañas the sun was peeping over the mountains
    3. [en nivel superior]
    sólo tiene a dos personas por encima there are only two people above her;
    por encima de over, above;
    un precio muy por encima de lo que habíamos presupuestado a price well over o above what we had budgeted for;
    una calidad muy por encima de lo habitual a much higher quality than usual;
    la salud de sus hijos está por encima de todo lo demás their childrens' health comes before everything else;
    está muy por encima de los otros alumnos he's far better than the other students;
    vive por encima de sus posibilidades he lives beyond his means;
    por encima de todo: por encima de todo, hazlo con mucho cuidado above all o first and foremost, be very careful;
    por encima de todo, lo que más me preocupa… what worries me more than anything else…;
    por encima de todo, no se lo digas a nadie whatever else you do, don't tell anyone;
    ponemos la seguridad por encima de todo we place safety first o before everything else
    4. [superficialmente]
    lo conozco por encima I only know it roughly;
    sólo lo he leído por encima I've only skimmed through it;
    ordené la casa por encima y me marché I gave the house a quick tidy up and left
    * * *
    adv
    1 on top;
    encima de on top of, on;
    por encima de over, above;
    por encima de todo above all;
    echarse encima de alguien fig pounce on s.o.;
    estar encima de alguien fig: para que haga algo keep on top of s.o.; hacerle caso be all over s.o.;
    la noche se nos echó encima night overtook us
    2
    :
    hacer algo muy por encima do sth very quickly;
    leí el artículo por encima I skimmed (through) the article
    3
    :
    no lo llevo encima I haven’t got it on me;
    4 ( cercano)
    :
    el final del curso ya está encima we’re nearly at the end of the course already
    5 ( además)
    :
    lo ayudo, y encima se queja I help him and then he goes and complains
    * * *
    encima adv
    1) : on top, above
    2) además: as well, besides
    3)
    encima de : on, on top of, over
    4)
    por encima de : above, beyond
    por encima de la ley: above the law
    5)
    echarse encima : to take upon oneself
    6)
    estar encima de fam : to nag, to criticize
    7)
    quitarse de encima : to get rid of
    * * *
    encima adv
    1. (en) on
    2. (sobre) on top
    ¿cuál? el que está encima which one? the one on top
    3. (sin tocar) over
    ¡salta por encima! jump over!
    4. (además) on top of everything / on top of that
    llegó tarde y, encima, se enfadó conmigo he arrived late and on top of that, he got angry with me

    Spanish-English dictionary > encima

  • 16 colocar

    v.
    1 to place, to put.
    hay que colocar bien ese cuadro, está torcido that picture needs to be hung properly, it isn't straight
    vuelve a colocar ese libro donde estaba put that book back where it was
    Ella coloca el jarrón en la mesa She places the vase on the table.
    La financiera coloca dinero The finance company invests money.
    2 to place, to invest.
    3 to find a job for.
    colocó a su hijo de abogado en su empresa he found his son a job as a lawyer in his own firm
    4 to marry off.
    5 to palm off (informal) (endilgar).
    le colocaron una moto que no funciona they palmed a motorbike off on him that doesn't work
    6 to place in a job, to place.
    Ella coloca a Ricardo She places Richard in a job.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ SACAR], like link=sacar sacar
    1 (gen) to place, put; (alfombra) to lay; (cuadro) to hang
    2 (dar empleo) to get a job for
    3 (casar) to marry off
    4 MILITAR to position
    5 FINANZAS to invest
    6 (mercancías) to sell well
    9 argot (drogas) to get stoned
    1 (situarse) to place oneself, put oneself, find oneself a place
    2 (trabajar) to find a job (de, as), get a job (de, as)
    4 argot (embriagarse) to get sozzled; (drogarse) to get stoned
    * * *
    verb
    1) to place, put
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=situar) [gen] to place; [+ cartel] to put up; [+ bomba] to plant, place; [+ tropas] to position, place; [+ baldosa, moqueta, primera piedra] to lay; [+ cuadro] to hang; (Náut) [+ quilla] to lay down

    de un solo pase colocó la pelota en la portería — he put o placed the ball in the net with just one touch

    2) (=ordenar) [+ muebles, objetos, libros] to arrange
    3) (=dar trabajo)

    colocar a algn — [agencia] to get sb a job; [empresario, jefe] to give sb a job

    4) (Econ) [+ acciones, dinero] to place
    5) † (=casar) to marry off
    6) * (=endilgar)

    colocar algo a algn — to palm sth off on sb, palm sb off with sth

    2.
    VI Esp
    ** [drogas, alcohol]
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( en lugar) to place, put; <losas/alfombra> to lay; < cuadro> to hang
    b) (Com, Fin) < acciones> to place; < dinero> to place, invest; < producto> to put
    2) < persona>
    a) ( en lugar) to put
    b) ( en trabajo) to get... a job
    2.
    colocarse v pron
    1) (situarse, ponerse)

    se colocó a mi lado — she stood/sat beside me

    2) ( en trabajo) to get a job
    3) (Esp arg) ( con drogas) to get stoned (colloq)
    4) (refl)
    a) ( arreglarse) < sombrero> to adjust; < falda> to straighten
    b) (Chi) ( ponerse) <reloj/abrigo> to put on
    * * *
    = arrange, collocate, place, position, sit, site, tuck, lay + in place, go on, dispose, lay on, range, set up, lay out.
    Ex. A catalogue is a list of the materials or items in a library, with the entries representing the items arranged in some systematic order.
    Ex. Author entry gives direct access to particular documents whilst at the same time collocating documents with the same author.
    Ex. In each class the most significant facet is placed first, the next most significant next, and so on.
    Ex. Once the cursor has been positioned to where the mistake was made, then enter in the correct data.
    Ex. It would be highly desirable to have a phone sitting on top of the library catalogue (if your are still in the dark ages with a card catalogue that is).
    Ex. The library's data bases are available at a number of locations via appropriately sited terminals.
    Ex. The easy chairs are however often tucked into odd corners where you could not put a full table and chair anyway.
    Ex. Finally gold leaf was laid in place over the blind impressions, and fixed into them with further impressions of the hot tools, surplus gold being rubbed off.
    Ex. If the issue is to go on the display shelf, an 'X' appears under 'Display'.
    Ex. This system promises to augment existing networks with the appropriate intelligence which will enable them to build, test, manage, maintain, change, dispose and withdraw services easily, rapidly and cost effectively.
    Ex. Machine-made paper, provided that it was dry, could be laid on with sufficient accuracy for register to be made with no more ado than adjustment of the forme for the second run.
    Ex. Serials can be ranged in the order of the access number, i.e. in the order of their arrival, without distinction as to their size or contents.
    Ex. The reference service is set up next to, on in the case of small units, in the reading room.
    Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    ----
    * colocar Algo en reserva = place + Nombre + in reserve, place + Nombre + on reserve, place + Nombre + on hold.
    * colocar como primer elemento de un encabezamiento compuesto = lead.
    * colocar de nuevo en los estantes = reshelve [re-shelve].
    * colocar en el lugar donde = put in + the place where.
    * colocar en los estantes = shelve.
    * colocar en los estantes sin distinguir tipo de material = intershelve.
    * colocar en sentido horizontal = lay + flat.
    * colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar = put into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar erróneo = misplace.
    * colocar fuera de alcance = place + out of reach.
    * colocar junto a = juxtapose.
    * colocar juntos en el catálogo = collocate.
    * colocarse = get + high.
    * colocarse en la posición de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * colocarse las medallas = take + the credit (for).
    * colocar una bomba = plant + bomb.
    * que se coloca en lo alto del televisor = set-top.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( en lugar) to place, put; <losas/alfombra> to lay; < cuadro> to hang
    b) (Com, Fin) < acciones> to place; < dinero> to place, invest; < producto> to put
    2) < persona>
    a) ( en lugar) to put
    b) ( en trabajo) to get... a job
    2.
    colocarse v pron
    1) (situarse, ponerse)

    se colocó a mi lado — she stood/sat beside me

    2) ( en trabajo) to get a job
    3) (Esp arg) ( con drogas) to get stoned (colloq)
    4) (refl)
    a) ( arreglarse) < sombrero> to adjust; < falda> to straighten
    b) (Chi) ( ponerse) <reloj/abrigo> to put on
    * * *
    = arrange, collocate, place, position, sit, site, tuck, lay + in place, go on, dispose, lay on, range, set up, lay out.

    Ex: A catalogue is a list of the materials or items in a library, with the entries representing the items arranged in some systematic order.

    Ex: Author entry gives direct access to particular documents whilst at the same time collocating documents with the same author.
    Ex: In each class the most significant facet is placed first, the next most significant next, and so on.
    Ex: Once the cursor has been positioned to where the mistake was made, then enter in the correct data.
    Ex: It would be highly desirable to have a phone sitting on top of the library catalogue (if your are still in the dark ages with a card catalogue that is).
    Ex: The library's data bases are available at a number of locations via appropriately sited terminals.
    Ex: The easy chairs are however often tucked into odd corners where you could not put a full table and chair anyway.
    Ex: Finally gold leaf was laid in place over the blind impressions, and fixed into them with further impressions of the hot tools, surplus gold being rubbed off.
    Ex: If the issue is to go on the display shelf, an 'X' appears under 'Display'.
    Ex: This system promises to augment existing networks with the appropriate intelligence which will enable them to build, test, manage, maintain, change, dispose and withdraw services easily, rapidly and cost effectively.
    Ex: Machine-made paper, provided that it was dry, could be laid on with sufficient accuracy for register to be made with no more ado than adjustment of the forme for the second run.
    Ex: Serials can be ranged in the order of the access number, i.e. in the order of their arrival, without distinction as to their size or contents.
    Ex: The reference service is set up next to, on in the case of small units, in the reading room.
    Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    * colocar Algo en reserva = place + Nombre + in reserve, place + Nombre + on reserve, place + Nombre + on hold.
    * colocar como primer elemento de un encabezamiento compuesto = lead.
    * colocar de nuevo en los estantes = reshelve [re-shelve].
    * colocar en el lugar donde = put in + the place where.
    * colocar en los estantes = shelve.
    * colocar en los estantes sin distinguir tipo de material = intershelve.
    * colocar en sentido horizontal = lay + flat.
    * colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar = put into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar erróneo = misplace.
    * colocar fuera de alcance = place + out of reach.
    * colocar junto a = juxtapose.
    * colocar juntos en el catálogo = collocate.
    * colocarse = get + high.
    * colocarse en la posición de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * colocarse las medallas = take + the credit (for).
    * colocar una bomba = plant + bomb.
    * que se coloca en lo alto del televisor = set-top.

    * * *
    colocar [A2 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (en un lugar) to place, put; ‹losas/alfombra› to lay; ‹cuadro› to hang
    coloca el cuadro un poco más arriba put o hang the picture a little higher up
    colocó los sillones a ambos lados del sofá he placed o arranged o positioned the armchairs on both sides of the sofa
    los libros estaban colocados por orden alfabético the books had been placed o arranged in alphabetical order
    colocó el jarrón en el centro de la mesa she placed o put o positioned the vase in the center of the table
    colócalo de manera que no obstruya el paso put it somewhere it's not going to get in people's way
    2 ( Com, Fin) ‹acciones› to place; ‹dinero› to place, invest
    colocó el dinero al 9% she placed o invested the money at 9%
    colocar un producto en el mercado to launch a product on to the market
    B ‹persona›
    1 (en un lugar) to put
    la colocaron en primera fila they put her in the front row
    colocó a los niños por orden de estatura he put o arranged the children in order of height
    2
    (en un trabajo): un amigo lo colocó en el banco a friend got him a job at the bank
    el padre lo colocó como jefe de departamento his father placed him in charge of the department
    3 ‹hija› to marry off
    A
    (ponerse, situarse): entró y se colocó al lado del director she came in and stood/sat beside the director
    se colocaron en primera fila they sat in the front row
    con esta victoria el equipo se coloca en tercer lugar after this win the team moves into third place
    B (en un trabajo) to get a job
    se colocó como secretaria she got a job as a secretary
    se colocó en una casa muy buena she found a position in a very good household
    en cuanto acabó la carrera se colocó as soon as she finished studying she found o got a job
    C
    1 ( fam) (emborracharse) to get plastered ( colloq)
    2 ( arg) (con drogas) to get stoned ( colloq)
    D ( refl) ( Chi) ‹reloj/abrigo/sombrero› to put on
    * * *

     

    colocar ( conjugate colocar) verbo transitivo
    1

    ‹losas/alfombra› to lay;
    ‹ cuadro› to hang;
    ‹ bomba› to plant
    b) (Com, Fin) ‹ acciones› to place;

    ‹ dinero› to place, invest
    2 ‹ persona›

    b) ( en trabajo) to get … a job

    colocarse verbo pronominal
    a) (situarse, ponerse):

    ◊ se colocó a mi lado she stood/sat beside me


    colocar verbo transitivo
    1 to place, put
    2 (dar un empleo) to give work to
    3 Fin (invertir) to invest
    4 (encasquetar) ese vendedor ya me ha colocado una batidora manual, that salesman saddled me with a manual mixer
    4 argot (drogar) to stone
    ' colocar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    actual
    - disponer
    - estacar
    - estirón
    - recoger
    - atravesar
    - depositar
    - emplear
    - encajar
    - instalar
    - lado
    - montar
    - poner
    - situar
    - ubicar
    English:
    actual
    - arrange
    - lay
    - maybe
    - perch
    - place
    - plant
    - plonk
    - pose
    - position
    - put
    - range
    - replace
    - set
    - sit
    - stack
    - stand
    - station
    - bomb
    - bug
    - hang
    - reset
    - stick
    - turf
    - upright
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [en un sitio] to place, to put;
    colocar una bomba to plant a bomb;
    el acomodador coloca a los espectadores en sus asientos the usher shows the audience to their seats;
    vuelve a colocar ese libro donde estaba put that book back where it was;
    nos colocaron en la parte de atrás del avión they put us in the rear section of the plane
    2. [en una posición]
    colocar los brazos en alto to raise one's arms;
    hay que colocar bien ese cuadro, pues está torcido that picture needs to be hung properly, it isn't straight
    3. [en un empleo] to find a job for;
    colocó a su hijo de abogado en su empresa he found his son a job as a lawyer in his own firm
    4. [casar] to marry off
    5. Bolsa [acciones] to place;
    [dinero] to invest;
    coloqué mis ahorros en acciones I invested my savings in esp Br shares o esp US stock(s);
    colocaron un millón de títulos they placed a million in bonds
    6. [endilgar] to palm off (a on);
    le colocaron una moto que no funciona they palmed a motorbike off on him that doesn't work;
    el vendedor me intentó colocar un modelo más caro the salesman tried to get me to buy a more expensive model
    7. Fam [sujeto: droga] to give a high to;
    ¿a ti te coloca la marihuana? does marijuana give you a high?
    ♦ vi
    Fam [droga, alcohol]
    este costo coloca cantidad this hash gives you a real high;
    este ponche coloca mucho this punch is strong stuff
    * * *
    v/t put, place;
    * * *
    colocar {72} vt
    1) poner: to place, to put
    2) : to find a job for
    3) : to invest
    * * *
    1. (en general) to put [pt. & pp. put] / to place
    2. (instalar) to install
    3. (proporcionar un empleo) to find a job [pt. & pp. found] / to get a job
    4. (endilgar) to get rid of

    Spanish-English dictionary > colocar

  • 17 oben

    Adv.
    1. at the top; (obenauf) on (the) top; oben! als Aufschrift: this side up!; oben links at the top left; im Bild: in the top left-hand corner; oben am Tisch at the head of the table; da oben up there; hier oben up here; nach oben up(wards); von oben from above; ( mit dem) Gesicht / Bauch etc. nach oben face / belly etc. up; von oben bis unten from top to bottom; Person: from top to toe, from head to foot; oben ohne umg. topless; mir steht es bis hier oben umg., fig. I’m fed up to the back teeth (with it); nicht ( mehr) wissen, wo oben und unten ist umg., fig. not know whether one is coming or going; von oben herab fig. condescendingly
    2. im Text: siehe oben see above; oben erwähnt oder genannt above(-mentioned); nachgestellt: mentioned above; oben stehend above(-mentioned); nachgestellt: above; oben zitiert quoted above
    3. im Haus: upstairs; nach oben upstairs; von oben from upstairs; der Lift fährt nach oben the lift (Am. elevator) is going up; mit dem Lift nach oben fahren go up in the lift (Am. elevator)
    4. umg. (im Norden) up north; oben in den Highlands up in the Highlands; er kommt von da oben he’s from up north
    5. umg., in einer Hierarchie oder Rangordnung: at the top; jetzt ist er ganz oben he’s made it to the top now; die da oben the top people, the powers that be; das ist ein Befehl von ganz oben the order came from the very top; ganz oben stehen in einer Tabelle etc.: be in top spot; in der Hitliste: be at number one; sich oben halten stay at the top
    * * *
    at the head; up; at the top; on top; above; upstairs; overhead
    * * *
    ['oːbn]
    adv
    1) (= am oberen Ende) at the top; (= an der Oberfläche) on the surface; (im Hause) upstairs; (= in der Höhe) up

    (hier) óben! (auf Kisten etc) — this way up!, this side up!

    so ist das Leben, mal bist du óben, mal bist du unten — that's life, sometimes you're up, sometimes you're down

    óben und unten (von etw) verwechseln — to get sth upside down

    wo ist óben (bei dem Bild)? — which is the top (of the picture)?, which is the right way up (for the picture)?

    die Leute, die óben wohnen — the people on the floor above us/you etc, the people (who live) upstairs

    wir möchten lieber óben wohnen — we'd rather live high(er) up

    möchten Sie lieber óben schlafen? (im oberen Bett) — would you like the top bunk?, would you like to sleep on top?

    wir wohnen rechts óben or óben rechts — we live on the top floor to the right

    óben rechts or rechts óben (in der Ecke) — in the top right-hand corner

    die Abbildung óben links or links óben auf der Schautafel — the illustration on the top left corner or in the top left-hand corner of the diagram

    der ist óben nicht ganz richtig (inf) — he's not quite right up top (inf)

    óben ohne gehen or tragen (inf) — to be topless

    ganz óben — right at the top

    ganz óben auf dem Stapel/in der Rangordnung — right at the top of the pile/of the hierarchy

    hier/dort óben — up here/there

    die ganze Sache steht mir bis hier óben (inf) — I'm sick to death of the whole thing (inf), I'm fed up to the back teeth with the whole thing (Brit inf)

    bis óben (hin) — to the top

    hoch óben — high (up) above

    beim Festessen saß er weiter óben an der Tafel — at the banquet he sat nearer the top of the table

    óben auf dem Berg/der Leiter/dem Dach — on top of the mountain/ladder/roof

    óben am Himmel — up in the sky

    óben im Himmel — up in heaven, in heaven above (liter)

    óben in Schottland — up in Scotland

    óben im Norden — up (in the) north

    óben herum — (a)round the top; (von Frau) up top; (von Jacke) (a)round the chest

    nach óben — up, upwards; (im Hause) upstairs

    der Fahrstuhl fährt nach óben — the lift (Brit) or elevator (US) is going up

    wir sind mit dem Fahrstuhl nach óben gefahren — we went up in the lift (Brit) or elevator (US)

    die Bergsteiger sind auf dem Weg nach óben — the climbers are on their way up

    der Weg nach óben (fig) — the road to the top

    endlich hat sie den Weg nach óben geschafft (fig) — she finally got to the top or made it (to the top)

    nach óben zu or hin — towards (Brit) or toward (US) the top

    von óben (her) — down; (im Hause) down(stairs)

    ich komme gerade von óben (am Berg) — I've just come from the top; (im Hause) I've just been upstairs

    von óben (aus) hat man eine schöne Aussicht — there's a nice view from the top

    von óben bis unten — from top to bottom; (von Mensch) from top to toe

    jdn von óben bis unten mustern — to look sb up and down

    jdn von óben herab behandeln — to be condescending to sb, to treat sb condescendingly

    jdn von óben herab ansehen — to look down on sb

    weiter óben — further up

    das Gehöft liegt weiter óben (am Berg/im Tal) — the farm is further or higher up (the mountain/valley)

    2) (inf = die Vorgesetzten)

    die da óben — the powers that be (inf), the top brass (inf)

    das wird óben entschieden — that's decided higher up

    er will sich nur óben beliebt machen — he's just sucking up to the management (inf)

    etw nach óben (weiter)melden/weitergeben — to report sth/to pass sth on to a superior

    der Befehl kommt von óben — it's orders from above

    3) (= vorher) above

    siehe óben — see above

    óben genannt attr — above-mentioned

    wie óben erwähnt or genannt — as mentioned above

    der weiter óben erwähnte Fall — the case referred to before or above

    * * *
    1) (higher up: seen from above.) above
    2) ((in a book etc) earlier or higher up on the page: See above.) above
    3) (above; over one's head: The plane flew overhead; an overhead bridge.) overhead
    * * *
    [ˈo:bn̩]
    \oben auf dem Dach up on the roof
    [hoch] \oben am Himmel [high] up in the sky
    \oben im Himmel up in heavens, in heavens above
    nach \oben zu wird der Weg steiler further up the path becomes steeper
    \oben bleiben to stay up
    dort/hier \oben up there/here
    wo ist er? — da \oben! where is he? — up there!
    nach \oben up[wards]
    der Weg nach \oben the way up
    warme Luft steigt nach \oben warm air rises
    der Wagen blieb mit den Rädern nach \oben liegen the car came to rest upside down
    nach \oben kommen to come up
    von \oben from above
    er kommt gerade von \oben (am Berg) he's just come from the top
    von \oben hat man eine tolle Aussicht there's a great view from the top
    2. (am oberen Ende) at the top
    \oben im Schrank at the top of the cupboard
    \oben auf der Seite on the top of the page
    \oben an der Tafel at the head of the table
    auf Seite 30 \oben at the top of page 30
    wo [o was] ist \oben [bei dem Bild]? which is the top [of the picture]?, which is the right way up [for the picture]?
    ▪ \oben auf etw dat on top of sth
    \oben auf dem Berg/dem Dach/der Leiter on top of the mountain/the roof/the ladder
    bis \oben [hin] up to the top
    ich bin voll bis \oben hin (fam) I'm full to the top
    der Keller steht bis \oben hin unter Wasser the cellar is full up with water
    ganz \oben right at the top, at the very top
    die Singdrossel sitzt ganz \oben auf dem Baum the song-thrush is sitting right at the top of the tree
    \oben links/rechts, links/rechts \oben at the top of the left/right
    ich möchte das Buch \oben rechts I'd like the book on the top right
    \oben links in der Ecke in the top left-hand corner
    der Weisheitszahn \oben rechts the upper right wisdom tooth
    die Abbildung rechts \oben auf der Seite the illustration on the top right of the page
    nach \oben [hin] towards the top
    \oben und unten von etw dat verwechseln to get sth upside down
    weit \oben near the top
    von \oben from the top
    die sechste Zeile von \oben the sixth line down [or from the top
    3. (im oberen Stockwerk) upstairs
    das Paar, das \oben wohnt the couple on the floor above us
    ich möchte lieber \oben wohnen I'd rather live high[er] up
    wir wohnen links \oben [o \oben links] we live on the top floor to the left
    du bleibst heute besser \oben (in der Wohnung) you'd better stay at home today
    [im Bett] \oben schlafen to sleep in the upper bunk
    nach \oben upstairs
    gehst du nach \oben? are you going upstairs?
    der Aufzug fährt nach \oben the lift is going up
    ich bin mit dem Aufzug nach \oben gefahren I went up in the lift
    von \oben from upstairs
    ich komme gerade von \oben I've just been upstairs, I've just come down
    der Aufzug kommt von \oben the lift is coming down
    4. (fam: in einer Hierarchie, Rangfolge) at the top
    wir haben keine Ahnung von dem, was \oben geschieht we have no idea what happens among the powers that be
    solche Dinge werden \oben entschieden these things are decided by the powers that be
    sie will sich einfach nur \oben beliebt machen she's just sucking up to the management pej fam
    er ist jetzt ganz \oben he is now riding high
    die da \oben the powers that be, the top brass esp AM fam, the high-ups fam
    ich gebe Ihren Antrag dann weiter, die \oben sollen sich damit beschäftigen I'll pass your application on, the powers that be can deal with it
    sich akk \oben halten to stay at the top
    nach \oben to the powers that be, to the top fam
    sie wollte nach \oben she wanted to get [or make it] to the top
    der Weg nach \oben the road to the top
    jetzt hat er den Weg nach \oben geschafft he finally got to the top [or made it [to the top]]
    etw nach \oben weitergeben to pass sth on to a superior
    von \oben from the powers that be, from the top
    die Anordnung kommt von \oben it's orders from above
    5. (im Norden) up north
    \oben in Schweden ist es kälter als hier up in Sweden it's colder than here
    dort/hier \oben up there/here [in the north]
    \oben im Norden up [in the] north
    weiter \oben further up [north]
    das Dorf liegt weiter \oben [am Berg/im Tal] the village is further [or higher] up [the mountain/valley]
    6. (vorher) above
    \oben erwähnt [o genannt] above-mentioned attr, mentioned above pred
    der [weiter] \oben erwähnte Fall the case referred to above
    die \oben schon erwähnte Person the above-mentioned [or form aforementioned] person
    wie \oben erwähnt as mentioned above
    das \oben Genannte/Stehende the above
    siehe \oben see above; s.a. Obenstehende
    7. (an der Oberfläche) on the surface
    Fett schwimmt \oben fat floats on the top [or surface]; (fig) there are always people who do all right
    8. (auf der Oberseite) on top
    der Stoff ist \oben glänzend, unten matt the upper part of the material is shiny, the lower part matt
    9.
    ▶ [hier] \oben! (auf Kisten etc.) this way [or side] up!
    ▶ etw nach \oben aufrunden to round sth up
    ▶ nach \oben buckeln, nach unten treten (prov) to be servile to those higher in the hierarchy and arrogant to those lower
    ▶ von \oben herab condescendingly
    jdn von \oben herab ansehen to look down on sb
    jdn von \oben herab behandeln to behave in a superior manner toward sb, to be condescending to sb
    ▶ \oben herum (fam) around the chest
    ▶ \oben ohne (fam) topless
    eine Kellnerin mit \oben ohne a topless waitress
    in dieser Bar wird \oben ohne bedient there are topless waitresses in this bar
    eine \oben-ohne-Bar a topless bar
    ein \oben-ohne-Modell a topless model
    \oben ohne gehen to be topless
    ▶ jd ist \oben nicht ganz richtig sb is not be quite right in the head
    ▶ etw steht jdm bis [hier] \oben sb is sick and tired of sth fam
    die ganze Sache steht mir bis hier \oben I'm fed up to the back teeth with the whole thing fam
    ▶ mal \oben, mal unten sometimes up, sometimes down
    so ist das Leben, mal ist man \oben, mal ist man unten that's life, sometimes you're up, sometimes you're down
    ▶ von \oben bis unten from top to bottom; (beim Mensch) from top to toe
    jdn von \oben bis unten mustern to look sb up and down
    ▶ nicht mehr wissen, wo \oben und unten ist to not know whether you are coming or going
    * * *
    1) (an hoch/höher gelegenem Ort)

    hier/dort oben — up here/there

    [hoch] oben am Himmel — [high] up in the sky

    von oben herab — (fig.) condescendingly

    2) (im Gebäude) upstairs

    der Aufzug fährt nach oben — the lift (Brit.) or (Amer.) elevator is going up

    3) (am oberen Ende, zum oberen Ende hin) at the top

    oben im/auf dem Schrank — at the/up on top of the cupboard

    nach oben [hin] — towards the top

    weiter oben [im Tal] — further or higher up [the valley]

    oben links/rechts — at the top on the left/right

    oben [links/rechts] — (in Bildunterschriften) above [left/right]

    die fünfte Zeile von oben — the fifth line from the top; the fifth line down

    ‘oben’ — ‘this side up’

    wo od. was ist [bei dem Bild] oben — which is the right way up [on the picture]?; which is the top [of the picture]?

    bis oben hin voll sein — (ugs.) be full to the top

    5) (in einer Hierarchie, Rangfolge) at the top

    weit/ganz oben — near the top/right at the top

    der Befehl kam von oben — the order came from above

    die da oben — (ugs.) the high-ups (coll.)

    6) ([weiter] vorn im Text) above

    oben erwähnt/genannt/stehend — above-mentioned

    7) (im Norden) up north

    hier/dort oben — up here/there [in the north]

    * * *
    oben adv
    1. at the top; (obenauf) on (the) top;
    oben! als Aufschrift: this side up!;
    oben links at the top left; im Bild: in the top left-hand corner;
    oben am Tisch at the head of the table;
    da oben up there;
    hier oben up here;
    nach oben up(wards);
    von oben from above;
    (mit dem) Gesicht/Bauch etc
    nach oben face/belly etc up;
    von oben bis unten from top to bottom; Person: from top to toe, from head to foot;
    oben ohne umg topless;
    mir steht es bis hier oben umg, fig I’m fed up to the back teeth (with it);
    nicht (mehr) wissen, wo oben und unten ist umg, fig not know whether one is coming or going;
    von oben herab fig condescendingly
    2. im Text:
    siehe oben see above;
    genannt above(-mentioned); nachgestellt: mentioned above;
    oben stehend above(-mentioned); nachgestellt: above;
    oben zitiert quoted above
    3. im Haus: upstairs;
    nach oben upstairs;
    von oben from upstairs;
    der Lift fährt nach oben the lift (US elevator) is going up;
    mit dem Lift nach oben fahren go up in the lift (US elevator)
    4. umg (im Norden) up north;
    oben in den Highlands up in the Highlands;
    er kommt von da oben he’s from up north
    jetzt ist er ganz oben he’s made it to the top now;
    die da oben the top people, the powers that be;
    das ist ein Befehl von ganz oben the order came from the very top;
    ganz oben stehen in einer Tabelle etc: be in top spot; in der Hitliste: be at number one;
    sich oben halten stay at the top
    * * *
    1) (an hoch/höher gelegenem Ort)

    hier/dort oben — up here/there

    [hoch] oben am Himmel — [high] up in the sky

    von oben herab — (fig.) condescendingly

    2) (im Gebäude) upstairs

    der Aufzug fährt nach oben — the lift (Brit.) or (Amer.) elevator is going up

    3) (am oberen Ende, zum oberen Ende hin) at the top

    oben im/auf dem Schrank — at the/up on top of the cupboard

    nach oben [hin] — towards the top

    weiter oben [im Tal] — further or higher up [the valley]

    oben links/rechts — at the top on the left/right

    oben [links/rechts] — (in Bildunterschriften) above [left/right]

    die fünfte Zeile von oben — the fifth line from the top; the fifth line down

    ‘oben’ — ‘this side up’

    wo od. was ist [bei dem Bild] oben — which is the right way up [on the picture]?; which is the top [of the picture]?

    bis oben hin voll sein — (ugs.) be full to the top

    5) (in einer Hierarchie, Rangfolge) at the top

    weit/ganz oben — near the top/right at the top

    die da oben — (ugs.) the high-ups (coll.)

    6) ([weiter] vorn im Text) above

    oben erwähnt/genannt/stehend — above-mentioned

    7) (im Norden) up north

    hier/dort oben — up here/there [in the north]

    * * *
    adj.
    top adj. adv.
    above adv.
    ahead adv.
    aloft adv.
    supra adv.
    up adv.
    upstairs adv. präp.
    at the top of expr.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > oben

  • 18 sitzen

    v/i; sitzt, saß, hat oder bes. südd., österr., schw. ist gesessen
    1. (hat oder ist) sit; am Steuer / im Sattel sitzen sit ( oder be seated) at the (steering) wheel / in the saddle; von morgens bis abends im Auto sitzen spend the whole day sitting in the car; sitz! zum Hund: sit!; bei jemandem sitzen sit beside ( oder next to, with) s.o.; sitzen Sie bequem? are you comfortable?; zu viel sitzen spend too much time sitting (on one’s backside umg.); das viele Sitzen ist nicht gut für dich all this sitting is bad for you; ich war ganz steif vom vielen Sitzen I was really stiff from all that sitting; etw. im Sitzen tun do s.th. sitting down; er sitzt auf seinem Geld umg., fig. he’s sitting on his money; sag mal, sitzt du auf den Ohren? umg., fig. are you deaf?, Am. auch have you got beans in your ears?
    2. (hat oder ist) (sein) sit, be; lieber zu Hause sitzen prefer to sit ( oder stay) at home; beim Essen sitzen be having one’s dinner ( oder lunch); beim Arzt sitzen umg. be at the doctor’s; im Gefängnis sitzen be in jail (clink umg.); siehe 5; den ganzen Tag in der Kneipe sitzen sit around in the pub all day; stundenlang vor dem Fernseher sitzen spend hours (sitting) in front of the television; stärker: be glued to the television for hours umg.; ich habe lange daran gesessen I spent a lot of time on it; über den Büchern sitzen sit (poring) over one’s books; sie sitzt immer noch an ihren Hausaufgaben she’s still doing her homework; sitzen in (+ Dat) Firma etc.: have its headquarters in; im Parlament sitzen have a seat in Parliament, Brit. auch be an MP ( oder a Member of Parliament); im Stadtrat sitzen be on the (town oder city) council; im Ausschuss sitzen be on the committee; sie sitzen immer noch they’re still in the meeting
    3. (hat) Kleidung: (passen) fit; (richtig angezogen sein) be on properly; deine Krawatte sitzt nicht richtig your tie’s not straight; dein Hut sitzt schief your hat’s not on straight, your hat’s crooked
    4. (hat) Modell: sit ( jemandem for s.o.)
    5. (hat) umg. im Gefängnis: do time; er saß sechs Monate wegen Diebstahl(s) he did six months for theft; er hat sein halbes Leben lang gesessen he’s spent half his life in jail
    6. (hat) umg. (treffen) find the target; bes. fig. go ( oder hit) home; das hat gesessen! that went ( oder hit) home; jeder Schuss / Schlag sitzt every shot / blow finds its target; bei ihm sitzt jeder Handgriff he knows exactly what he’s doing; jede Pointe saß every punch line went home
    7. (hat oder ist) fig. (stecken); wo sitzt der Schmerz? where does it hurt exactly?; da sitzt der Fehler! that’s where the problem lies; die Angst / der Hass sitzt tief the fear / hatred runs oder goes deep; mir sitzt der Schreck noch in den Gliedern I’m still shaking with fright; einen sitzen haben umg. have had one too many
    8. (hat) fig. gespr. ( im Gedächtnis) sitzen have sunk in; die Vokabeln sitzen gut / schlecht he etc. knows his etc. vocabulary off pat, Am. he’s etc. got his etc. vocabulary down pat / his etc. vocabulary’s shaky, he etc. needs to work on his etc. vocabulary; das sitzt noch nicht richtig it hasn’t quite sunk in yet
    9. (ist): sitzen bleiben remain ( oder stay) seated; umg. beim Tanz: be left without a partner, be a wallflower; (nicht geheiratet werden) be left on the shelf; bleiben Sie sitzen! don’t get up; im Theater etc.: stay in your seat(s); sitzen bleiben PÄD. have to repeat a year, Brit. auch stay down, Am. auch flunk umg.; er ist dreimal sitzen geblieben he had to repeat the class (Brit. auch stay down) three times all told; auf etw. sitzen bleiben be left with ( oder stuck with) s.th.
    10. (hat): sitzen lassen umg. leave, desert, walk out on; (Freund[in]) leave, walk out on, jilt; (versetzen) stand s.o. up; (im Stich lassen) let s.o. down, leave s.o. in the lurch; sie ließ ihn einfach sitzen (versetzte ihn) auch she just didn’t turn up; er hat sie mit drei Kindern sitzen lassen he walked out on her and three children, he left her to bring up three children on her own; einen Vorwurf etc. nicht auf sich (Dat) sitzen lassen not stand for ( oder take); das lasse ich nicht auf mir sitzen auch I’m not going to take that lying down; dass du so etwas auf dir sitzen lässt! I’m amazed that you would stand for that
    11. (ist) schw. (sich setzen) sit down; Patsche, Tinte etc.
    * * *
    (passen) to fit;
    (sich befinden) to sit; to be
    * * *
    sịt|zen ['zɪtsn] pret sa\#ß [zaːs] ptp gese\#ssen [gə'zɛsn]
    vi aux haben or (Aus, S Ger, Sw)sein
    1) (Mensch, Tier) to sit; (Vogel) to perch

    auf der Toilette sitzen — to be on (inf) or in the toilet

    beim Frühstück/Mittagessen sitzen — to be having breakfast/lunch

    beim Wein/Schach sitzen — to sit over a glass of wine/a game of chess

    an einer Aufgabe/über den Büchern/über einer Arbeit sitzen — to sit over a task/one's books/a piece of work

    See:
    2) (= Modell sitzen) to sit (jdm for sb)
    3) (= seinen Sitz haben) (Regierung, Gericht etc) to sit; (Firma) to have its headquarters
    4) (= Mitglied sein) (im Parlament) to have a seat (
    in +dat in); (im Vorstand, Aufsichtsrat etc) to be or sit ( in +dat on)
    5) (inf = im Gefängnis sitzen) to be inside (inf)

    gesessen haben — to have done time (inf), to have been inside (inf)

    6) (= sein) to be

    er sitzt in Bulgarien/im Kultusministerium (inf) — he's in Bulgaria/the ministry of culture

    7) (=angebracht sein Deckel, Schraube etc) to sit
    8) (= stecken) to be (stuck)
    9) (= im Gedächtnis sitzen) to have sunk in
    10) (= seinen Herd haben) (Infektion, Schmerz) to be; (fig Übel, Hass, Schmerz) to lie, to be
    11) (Kleid, Frisur) to sit
    12) (inf = treffen) to hit home

    das saß!, das hat gesessen! — that hit home

    13)
    * * *
    1) ((of birds) to perch: An owl was sitting in the tree by the window.) sit
    2) (to take up a position, or act as a model, in order to have one's picture painted or one's photograph taken: She is sitting for a portrait/photograph.) sit
    3) ((of a blow, insult etc) to reach the place where it will hurt most.) strike home
    * * *
    sit·zen
    <saß, gesessen>
    [ˈzɪtsn̩]
    vi Hilfsverb: haben o SÜDD, ÖSTERR, SCHWEIZ sein
    1. (sich gesetzt haben) to sit; (auf einer Kante, Vogel a.) to perch
    wir saßen auf Barhockern und tranken ein Bier we perched on bar stools and had a beer
    sitz! (Befehl an Hund) sit!
    [bitte] bleib/bleiben Sie \sitzen! [please] don't get up, [please] remain seated form
    ▪ im S\sitzen when seated, sitting down, in/from a sitting position
    bequem/gut \sitzen to be comfortable [or sitting comfortably]
    sitzt du bequem? are you comfortable?
    eine \sitzende Lebensweise a sedentary life
    jdm Modell \sitzen to sit for sb
    2. (sich befinden) to sit
    sie sitzt noch bei Tisch (form) she is still eating [or having her meal]
    er sitzt den ganzen Tag vor dem Fernseher/in der Kneipe (fam) he spends the whole day sitting in front of the telly/in the pub BRIT fam
    ich habe stundenlang beim Zahnarzt \sitzen müssen I had to spend hours at the dentist's
    sie sitzt jetzt in einem kleinen Dorf (fam) she's living in a small village now
    er sitzt in Moskau und hat kein Geld für die Rückfahrt (fam) he's stuck in Moscow and has no money for a return ticket
    auf der Anklagebank \sitzen to be in the dock
    beim Frühstück/Mittagessen \sitzen to be having breakfast/lunch
    bei einem Glas Wein/einer Tasse Kaffee \sitzen to sit over a glass of wine/a cup of coffee
    beim Kartenspiel/Schach \sitzen to sit playing cards/over a game of chess
    im Sattel \sitzen to be in the saddle
    auf der Toilette \sitzen to be on the toilet
    ▪ an [o über] etw dat \sitzen to sit over sth
    sie sitzt viel über den Büchern she spends a lot of time sitting over her books
    an einer Arbeit \sitzen to sit over a piece of work
    4. JUR, POL (tagen) Gericht, Regierung to sit
    ▪ in etw dat \sitzen to sit on [or be in] sth
    sie sitzt in einigen Ausschüssen she sits on a number of committees
    er sitzt im Verteidigungsministerium he's in the Ministry of Defence BRIT [or AM Department of Defense]
    im Parlament/Vorstand \sitzen to have a seat in parliament/on the management board
    in der Regierung \sitzen to be with the government
    6. (fam: inhaftiert sein) to do time fam, to be inside fam
    er musste vier Jahre \sitzen he had to do four years fam
    gesessen haben to have done time [or been inside] fam
    ▪ irgendwo \sitzen Firma, Gesellschaft etc. to have its headquarters somewhere
    das Unternehmen sitzt in München the company is based [or has its headquarters] in Munich
    der Knopf sitzt an der falschen Stelle the button isn't in the right place
    die Tür sitzt schief in den Angeln the door is not hanging straight
    ▪ in etw dat \sitzen to be in sth
    der Splitter sitzt fest in meinem Zeh the splinter won't come out of my toe
    ihr sitzt der Schreck noch in den Gliedern (fig) her knees are still like jelly
    fest \sitzen to be stuck tight[ly]
    der Deckel/die Schraube sitzt ziemlich fest the lid is on/the screw is in rather tightly
    das Jackett sitzt gut the jacket fits well
    sitzt die Fliege korrekt? is my bow tie straight?
    dein Hut sitzt schief your hat is [on] crooked
    eng/locker \sitzend close-/loose-fitting
    11. MED (von etwas ausgehen) Infektion, Schmerz to be [located [or situated]]
    ihr Hass saß tief (fig) she felt nothing but hatred
    12. (fam: treffen) to hit [or strike] home
    das hat gesessen! that hit home!
    13. SCH
    [in Mathe/Englisch] \sitzen bleiben (fam) to [have to] repeat a year [in maths [or AM math]/English], to stay down [a year] [in maths/English] BRIT
    jdn \sitzen lassen (fam) to keep sb down [or hold sb back] [a year]
    auf etw dat \sitzen bleiben to be left with [or fam be sitting on] sth
    ▪ auf etw akk \sitzen to hang [or cling] on to sth
    sie sitzt auf ihrem Geld she's very tight with her money fam
    16. (fam: gut eingeübt sein) to have sunk in
    du musst die Vokabeln so oft wiederholen, bis sie \sitzen you must keep on repeating the vocab till it sticks fam
    sie hatte so lange geübt, bis jeder Schritt wie im Schlafe saß she had practised till she could do every step in her sleep
    17.
    ▶ \sitzen bleiben (pej fam: als Frau unverheiratet) to be left on the shelf; (beim Tanz) to be left sitting
    ▶ jdm auf den Fersen \sitzen to be on sb's tail
    ▶ einen \sitzen haben (fam) to have had one too many
    ▶ jdn \sitzen lassen (fam: im Stich lassen) to leave sb in the lurch; (versetzen) to stand sb up fam; (nicht heiraten) to jilt [or walk out on] sb
    er hat Frau und Kinder \sitzen lassen he left his wife and children
    ▶ etw nicht auf sich dat \sitzen lassen not to take [or stand for] sth
    das lasse ich nicht auf mir \sitzen I won't take [or stand for] that
    ▶ jdm auf der Pelle [o dem Pelz] sitzen (fam) to keep bothering sb, to keep on at sb fam
    * * *
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; südd., österr., schweiz. mit sein
    1) sit

    bleiben Sie bitte sitzen — please don't get up; please remain seated

    jemandem auf der Pelle od. dem Pelz sitzen — (salopp) keep bothering somebody; keep on at somebody (coll.)

    2) (sein) be

    einen sitzen haben — (salopp) have had one too many

    3) ([gut] passen) fit
    4) (ugs.): (gut eingeübt sein)

    Lektionen so oft wiederholen, bis sie sitzen — keep on repeating lessons till they stick (coll.)

    5) (ugs.): (wirksam treffen) hit home
    6) (Mitglied sein) be, sit (in + Dat. on)
    7) (ugs.): (eingesperrt sein) be in prison or (sl.) inside
    8)

    sitzen bleiben — (ugs.) ( nicht versetzt werden) stay down [a year]; have to repeat a year; (abwertend): (als Frau unverheiratet bleiben) be left on the shelf

    auf etwas (Dat.) sitzen bleiben — (etwas nicht loswerden) be left or (coll.) stuck with something

    jemanden sitzen lassen — (ugs.): (nicht heiraten) jilt somebody; (ugs.): (im Stich lassen) leave somebody in the lurch

    etwas nicht auf sich (Dat.) sitzen lassen — not take something; not stand for something

    •• Cultural note:
    If German pupils fail more than one subject in their end-of-year school report, they have to repeat the year. This is colloquially referred to as sitzen bleiben, and it means that some pupils do not manage to sit their Abitur until they are 20
    * * *
    sitzen v/i; sitzt, saß, hat oder besonders südd, österr, schweiz ist gesessen
    am Steuer/im Sattel sitzen sit ( oder be seated) at the (steering) wheel/in the saddle;
    von morgens bis abends im Auto sitzen spend the whole day sitting in the car;
    sitz! zum Hund: sit!;
    bei jemandem sitzen sit beside ( oder next to, with) sb;
    sitzen Sie bequem? are you comfortable?;
    zu viel sitzen spend too much time sitting (on one’s backside umg);
    das viele Sitzen ist nicht gut für dich all this sitting is bad for you;
    ich war ganz steif vom vielen Sitzen I was really stiff from all that sitting;
    etwas im Sitzen tun do sth sitting down;
    er sitzt auf seinem Geld umg, fig he’s sitting on his money;
    sag mal, sitzt du auf den Ohren? umg, fig are you deaf?, US auch have you got beans in your ears?
    lieber zu Hause sitzen prefer to sit ( oder stay) at home;
    beim Essen sitzen be having one’s dinner ( oder lunch);
    beim Arzt sitzen umg be at the doctor’s;
    im Gefängnis sitzen be in jail (clink umg); → 5;
    den ganzen Tag in der Kneipe sitzen sit around in the pub all day;
    stundenlang vor dem Fernseher sitzen spend hours (sitting) in front of the television; stärker: be glued to the television for hours umg;
    ich habe lange daran gesessen I spent a lot of time on it;
    über den Büchern sitzen sit (poring) over one’s books;
    sie sitzt immer noch an ihren Hausaufgaben she’s still doing her homework;
    sitzen in (+dat) Firma etc: have its headquarters in;
    im Parlament sitzen have a seat in Parliament, Br auch be an MP ( oder a Member of Parliament);
    im Stadtrat sitzen be on the (town oder city) council;
    im Ausschuss sitzen be on the committee;
    sie sitzen immer noch they’re still in the meeting
    3. (hat) Kleidung: (passen) fit; (richtig angezogen sein) be on properly;
    deine Krawatte sitzt nicht richtig your tie’s not straight;
    dein Hut sitzt schief your hat’s not on straight, your hat’s crooked
    4. (hat) Modell: sit (
    jemandem for sb)
    5. (hat) umg im Gefängnis: do time;
    er saß sechs Monate wegen Diebstahl(s) he did six months for theft;
    er hat sein halbes Leben lang gesessen he’s spent half his life in jail
    6. (hat) umg (treffen) find the target; besonders fig go ( oder hit) home;
    das hat gesessen! that went ( oder hit) home;
    jeder Schuss/Schlag sitzt every shot/blow finds its target;
    bei ihm sitzt jeder Handgriff he knows exactly what he’s doing;
    jede Pointe saß every punch line went home
    7. (hat oder ist) fig (stecken);
    wo sitzt der Schmerz? where does it hurt exactly?;
    da sitzt der Fehler! that’s where the problem lies;
    die Angst/der Hass sitzt tief the fear/hatred runs oder goes deep;
    mir sitzt der Schreck noch in den Gliedern I’m still shaking with fright;
    einen sitzen haben umg have had one too many
    8. (hat) fig gespr
    die Vokabeln sitzen gut/schlecht he etc knows his etc vocabulary off pat, US he’s etc got his etc vocabulary down pat/his etc vocabulary’s shaky, he etc needs to work on his etc vocabulary;
    das sitzt noch nicht richtig it hasn’t quite sunk in yet
    9. (ist):
    sitzen bleiben remain ( oder stay) seated; umg beim Tanz: be left without a partner, be a wallflower; (nicht geheiratet werden) be left on the shelf;
    bleiben Sie sitzen! don’t get up; im Theater etc: stay in your seat(s);
    sitzen bleiben SCHULE have to repeat a year, Br auch stay down, US auch flunk umg;
    er ist dreimal sitzen geblieben he had to repeat the class (Br auch stay down) three times all told;
    auf etwas sitzen bleiben be left with ( oder stuck with) sth
    10. (hat):
    sitzen lassen umg leave, desert, walk out on; (Freund[in]) leave, walk out on, jilt; (versetzen) stand sb up; (im Stich lassen) let sb down, leave sb in the lurch;
    er hat sie mit drei Kindern sitzen lassen he walked out on her and three children, he left her to bring up three children on her own;
    einen Vorwurf etc
    sitzen lassen not stand for ( oder take);
    das lasse ich nicht auf mir sitzen auch I’m not going to take that lying down;
    dass du so etwas auf dir sitzen lässt! I’m amazed that you would stand for that
    11. (ist) schweiz (sich setzen) sit down; → Patsche, Tinte etc
    * * *
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; südd., österr., schweiz. mit sein
    1) sit

    bleiben Sie bitte sitzen — please don't get up; please remain seated

    jemandem auf der Pelle od. dem Pelz sitzen — (salopp) keep bothering somebody; keep on at somebody (coll.)

    2) (sein) be

    einen sitzen haben — (salopp) have had one too many

    3) ([gut] passen) fit
    4) (ugs.): (gut eingeübt sein)

    Lektionen so oft wiederholen, bis sie sitzen — keep on repeating lessons till they stick (coll.)

    5) (ugs.): (wirksam treffen) hit home
    6) (Mitglied sein) be, sit (in + Dat. on)
    7) (ugs.): (eingesperrt sein) be in prison or (sl.) inside
    8)

    sitzen bleiben — (ugs.) ( nicht versetzt werden) stay down [a year]; have to repeat a year; (abwertend): (als Frau unverheiratet bleiben) be left on the shelf

    auf etwas (Dat.) sitzen bleiben — (etwas nicht loswerden) be left or (coll.) stuck with something

    jemanden sitzen lassen — (ugs.): (nicht heiraten) jilt somebody; (ugs.): (im Stich lassen) leave somebody in the lurch

    etwas nicht auf sich (Dat.) sitzen lassen — not take something; not stand for something

    •• Cultural note:
    If German pupils fail more than one subject in their end-of-year school report, they have to repeat the year. This is colloquially referred to as sitzen bleiben, and it means that some pupils do not manage to sit their Abitur until they are 20
    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: saß, gesessen)
    = to sit v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: sat)

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > sitzen

  • 19 KOMA

    * * *
    I)
    (kem; kom or kvam, kómum or kvamúm; kominn), v.
    1) to come (litlu síðarr kómu Finnar aptr heim);
    2) to come, arrive (bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli);
    kom svá, at (it came to pass, that) Bárði var heitit meyjunni;
    3) with dat. of the object, to make to come, to take, bring, carry, etc.;
    hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðargarða, he should make Th. come to G.;
    hann kom Þórhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river;
    koma e-m í hel, to put one to death;
    koma e-m til falls, to make one fall;
    koma e-m í sætt við e-n, to reconcile one with another;
    koma sér vel hjá e-m, to bring oneself into favour with, be agreeable to (þeir kómu sér vel við alla);
    koma e-u til leiðar (til vegar), to effect, bring about;
    koma orðum við e-n, to speak with a person (hann gørði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma);
    4) with preps.:
    koma e-u af sér, to get rid of (allt mun ek til vinna at koma af mér yðvarri reiði);
    koma e-u af, to abolish (Þvi hafði eigi orðit af komitmeði öllu);
    koma at e-m, to come upon one (kómu þessir at honum fyrir Sjólandi með tveim skipum);
    koma at hendi, to happen (mikill vandi er kominn at hendi);
    impers., Gunnarr játaði því, en þá er at kom, vildi hann eigi, G. agreed to it, but when it came to the point he would not;
    koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover (koma at hamri);
    koma sér at e-u, to bring oneself to (Þ. kom sér ekki at því);
    koma á e-t, to come on, hit (höggit kom á lærit);
    koma e-u á, to bring about, effect (máttu þeir øngum flutningum á koma);
    koma kristni (dat.) á England, to christianize E.;
    koma fram, to come forth, appear, emerge (sigldi E. suðr með landi ok kom fram í Danmörk); to be produced, brought forward (nú mun pat fram koma sem ek sagða);
    koma e-u fram, to bring about, effect (koma fram hefndum);
    koma fyrir e-t, to be an equivalent for (fyrir víg Hjartar skyldi koma víg Kols);
    allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will all come to the same;
    koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail;
    e-m þykkir fyrir ván komit, at, one thinks it past all hope, that;
    koma e-u fyrir, to destroy (hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir);
    koma í e-t, to come into, enter;
    koma niðr, to come down;
    hann reyndi eptir, hvar G. væri niðr kominn, what had become of G.;
    kom þar niðr tal hennar, at hon sagði honum, hversu, the end of her talk was, that she told him how koma;
    koma hart niðr, to pay dearly for it (ek hafða illa til gört, enda kom ek hart niðr);
    koma saman, to come together, gather (er saman kom liðit); to agree;
    þat kom saman (or ásamt) með þeim, they agreed on it;
    impers., kom þeim vel saman (ásamt), they agreed well;
    koma e-u saman, to bring about, effect;
    koma saman sættum með e-m, to reconcile them;
    koma til e-s, to come to a person or place (jarlinn kom með allan her sinn til Dyflinnar);
    koma till ríkis, to come to, or succeed to, the throne;
    koma til e-s, to cause: þat kemr til þess, at, the reason is, that; to help, avail: koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail (= koma fyrir lítit); to concern: þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, this quarrel is no business of thine; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned; to mean, signify (Þ. kvezk skilja, hvar orð hans kómu til); to be of value: sverð þat, er til kom mörk gulls, that was worth a ‘mark’ of gold; mikit þykkir til e-s koma, one is much thought of, is thought to be of great importance;
    koma til, to be born;
    koma e-m undan, to help one to escape;
    koma undir e-n, to come unto one;
    ef undir oss skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose;
    koma e-m undir, to get one down, overcome one;
    koma upp, to come up;
    tungl kemr upp, the moon rises;
    eldr kom upp, fire broke out;
    kom þá upp af tali þeirra, at, the end of their talk was, that; to come out, become known (kom þat þá upp, at hann hafði beðit hennar);
    koma e-u upp, to open (kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma);
    hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma, it was long before he could utter a word;
    koma við e-t, to touch (komit var við hurðina);
    þeir kómu við sker, they struck on a reef;
    hann kemr við margar sögur, he appears in many sagas; to be added to (koma þær nætr við hinar fyrri);
    koma við, to fit, be convenient, suit;
    koma e-u við, to employ, make use of (ek mátta eigi boganum við koma); hann kom því við (he brought about), at engi skyldi fara með vápn; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, all fled that could;
    koma sér við, to bring about, effect, be able to do (ek mun veita þér slíkt lið sem ek má mér við koma); to behave (hversu hann kom sér við í þessum málum);
    koma yfir, to pass over (hvert kveld, er yfir kom);
    5) refl., komast;
    * * *
    pres. sing. kem, kemr, kemr; an older form komr is used constantly in very old and good vellum MSS., as the Kb. of Sæm.; and even spelt keomr or ceomr (in Eluc., Greg., etc.); reflex. komsk, 2nd pers. kømztu ( pervenis), Sdm. 10: pret. kom, kom-k, I came, Skm. 18: 2nd pers. komt, 17, mod. komst: the pret. plur. varies, kvámu being the oldest form; kvómu, often in the MSS.; kómu, as it is still pronounced in the west of Icel.; the usual and latest form is komu, with a short vowel; the spelling of the MSS. cannot always be ascertained, as the word is usually written kumu or qumu: pret. subj. kvæmi and kꝍmi (kæmi): imperat. kom, kom-ðú, proncd, kondu, come thou! pret. infin. kómu ( venisse), Fms. i. 224 (in a verse), Geisli 62:—with suff. neg., pres. kmr-at or kømr-að, Akv. 11, Grág. ii. 141, Gkv. 3. 8; pret. kom-a, kom-að, came not, Ls. 56, Þorf. Karl. (in a verse), Þd. 18; 2nd pers. komtaðu ( non venisti), Am. 99; subj. kømi-a ( non veniret), Gs. 10: reflex., pres. kømsk-at, Grág. ii. 180; pret. komsk-at ( could not come), Am. 3:—a middle form, pres. 1st pers. komum-k (komumsk), Ó. H. 140, 214, Skm. 10, 11; subj. pres. komimk, Ó. H. 85; pret. kømomc, Hbl. 33 (Bugge); part. pass. kominn, see Gramm. p. xix. The preterite forms kvam and kvaminn, used in the Edition of the Sturl. and in a few other mod. Editions without warrant in the MSS., are due to the fact that the Edition of Sturl. was published from a transcript now in the Advocates’ Library in Edinburgh, made by the learned priest Eyjolf á Völlum (died A. D. 1745), who used this spelling: in prehistoric times, before the age of writing, it may be assumed for certain that this verb had a v throughout, as in Gothic: [Ulf. qiman, i. e. qwiman, = ἔρχεσθαι; A. S. cuman; Engl. come; O. H. G. queman; Germ. kommen; Dutch komen; Dan. komme; Swed. komma; Lat. venio, qs. gvenio; the Ormul. spells cumenn, indicating a long root vowel; cp. North. E. coom.]
    A. To come; sá þeirra sem fyrr kæmi, Fms. ix. 373; konungr kom norðr til Túnsbergs, 375; kómu Finnar heim, i. 9; þeir mágar kómu ór hjúkólfi, Sturl. ii. 124; kömr hann á konungs fund, Fms. ix. 221; þá vóru þeir norðan komnir, 308; hér er nú komin ær ein kollótt, Sturl. i. 159, passim.
    2. to become, arrive; bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli, Fms. ix. 375; ef svá síðarliga kömr skip til hlunns, Sks. 28; en er vár kom, Eg. 167; koma at máli við e-n, to have an interview, talk with one, 467; konungi kom njósn, Fms. vii. 57; þá komu honum þau tíðendi, i. 37; þetta kom allt fyrir Ingimar, vii. 114; kom honum þat (it came to him, he got it) fyrir útan fé, en engum kom fyrr, x. 394; hvat sem á bak kemr, whatsoever may befall, Nj. 193; koma e-m at haldi, or í hald, to avail oneself, 192, Fms. x. 413; koma at gagni, to ‘come in useful,’ be of use, Nj. 264; koma at úvörum, to come at unawares, Ld. 132; koma e-m fyrir úvart, id., Fms. xi. 290; koma á úvart, Nj. 236; koma í þörf = koma í gagn, Fms. vii. 14; hvar kom kapp þitt þá? Bs. i. 18; mál koma í dóm, to be brought up for judgment, Fms. vii. 115; líðr vetrinn, kemr þar ( that time comes) er menn fara til Gulaþings, Eg. 340; var þá svá komit, at allir menn vóru sofa farnir, 376; kom svá ( it came to pass) at Bárði var heitið meyjunni, 26; svá kemr, kemr þar, at, it comes to pass. Fb. i. 174, ii. 48, 68; láta koma, to let come, put; síðan létu þeir koma eld í spánuna, Fms. xi. 34.
    3. in greeting; kom heill, welcome! kom heill ok sæll, frændi! Nj. 175: mod. komdu (kondu) sæll! komið þér sælir!
    II. with prepp.; koma á, to hit; ef á kömr, Grág. ii. 7:—koma at, to come to, arrive, happen; láttu at því koma, let it be so, Dropl. 24; kom þat mjök optliga at honum, of sickness, Fms. vii. 150; kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, sleep came upon them, Nj. 104; koma at hendi, to happen; mikill vandi er kominn at hendi, 177, Hom. 80; koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover; koma at hamri, Þkv. 32:—koma fram, to come forth, appear, stund var í milli er þeir sá framstafninn ok inn eptri kom fram, Fms. ii. 304; engin kom önnur vistin fram, Eg. 549; nú eru öll sóknar-gögn fram komin, Nj. 143: to emerge, hann kom fram í Danmörk, Hkr. i. 210, 277, Ísl. ii. 232, Eg. 23, Landn. 134, Orkn. 152: to arrive, sendimenn fóru ok fram kómu, Fms. xi. 27; reifa mál þau fyrst er fyrst eru fram komin, each in its turn, Grág. i. 64: to be fulfilled, happen, því er á þínum dögum mun fram koma, Ld. 132; nú mun þat fram komit sem ek sagða, Eg. 283; kom nú fram spásagan Gests, Ld. 286; öll þessi merki kómu fram ok fylldusk, Stj. 444; aldrei skal maðr arf taka eptir þann mann er hann vegr, eðr ræðr bana fram kominn, whom he has slain, or whose death he has devised with effect, Grág. ii. 113; staðar-prýði flest fram komin, Bs. i. 146; vera langt fram kominn, mod. áfram kominn, to be ‘in extremis,’ at the point of death, 644; er sú frásögn eigi langt fram komin, this story comes from not far off, i. e. it is derived from first, not second hand, Fms. viii. 5:—koma fyrir, to come as payment, tvau hundrað skyldu koma fyrir víg Snorra (of weregild), Sturl. ii. 158; henni kvaðsk aldri hefnt þykkja Kjartans, nema Bolli kæmi fyrir, Ld. 240; allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will come to the same, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215, Fms. vi. 5:—koma í, to enter, come in, a fisherman’s term; koma í drátt, to hook a fish; at í komi með ykkr Þorbrandssonum, that ye and the Th. come to loggerheads, Eb. 80:—koma með, to come with a thing, to bring; kondu með það, fetch it!—koma til, to come to; vera kann at eigi spillisk þótt ek koma til, Eg. 506; nú er rétt lögruðning til ykkar komin, Nj. 236; koma til ríkis, to come to a kingdom, Eg. 268; þeir létu til hans koma um alla héraðs-stjórn, Fs. 44: to befall, kom svá til efnis, it so happened, Mar.; þeim hlutum sem hafinu kunni opt til at koma, Stj. 105, Sks. 323: to mean, signify, en hvar kom þat til er hann sagði, Ó. H. 87; ef þat kom til annars, en þess er hann mælti, id.: to cause, hygg ek at meir komi þar til lítilmennska, Eb. 172; konungr spurði hvat til bæri úgleði hans, hann kvað koma til mislyndi sína, Fms. vi. 355, Fb. ii. 80, Band. 29 new Ed.: to concern, þetta mál er eigi kom síðr til yðvar en vár, Fms. vii. 130; þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, Nj. 227; þat er kemr til Knúts, Fms. v. 24; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned, iv. 194; hann kvað þetta mál ekki til sín koma, vi. 100; þeir eru orðmargir ok láta hvervetna til sín koma, meddle in all things, 655 xi. 2: to belong to, skulu þeir gjalda hinum slíka jörð sem til þeirra kemr, proportionally, Jb. 195; kemr þat til vár er lögin kunnum, Nj. 149; sú sök er tylptar-kviðr kömr til, Grág. i. 20; tylptar-kviðar á jafnan á þingi at kveðja, þar sem hann kömr til saka, ii. 37; þá er komit til þessa gjalds ( it is due), er menn koma í akkeris-sát, 408: to help, avail, koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail, Nj. 149, Fms. vi. 211; at göra litla fésekt, veit ek eigi hvat til annars kemr, I am not aware what else will do, I believe that will meet the case best, Band. 36 new Ed.; koma til, to ‘come to,’ of a person in a swoon, etc.; veit ek eigi til hvers koma mun sú tiltekja Fb. i. 177, Fms. xi. 103; hvar til þessi svör skulu koma, i. 3; það kemr til, it will all come right; kom þar til með kóngum tveim, two kings came to a quarrel, Skíða R. 48: to be of value, importance, authority, þótti allt meira til hans koma, Fas. i. 16; hvart sem til hans kæmi meira eðr minna, Fms. xi. 76; sverð þat er til kom hálf mörk gulls, Ld. 32; svá fémikill at til kómu tuttugu merkr gulls, Fms. xi. 85; mér þykir lítið til hans koma, I think little of him:—koma saman, to come together, live together, marry, K. Á. 134: to agree, þat kom saman með þeim, they agreed on it, Dropl. 9, Gísl. 41; kom þat ásamt með þeim, id., Fb. i. 168; koma vel ásamt, to agree well, Nj. 25:—koma undir e-n, to come unto one, ef undir oss bræðr skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose, Nj. 192; öll lögmæt skil þau er undir mik koma á þessu þingi, 239: to depend on, það er mikit undir komið, at …, be of importance:—koma upp, to come up, break out; kom þá upp grátr fyrir henni, she burst into tears, Fms. ix. 477; er lúðrar kvæði við, ok herblástr kæmi upp, v. 74; er seiðlætin kómu upp, Ld. 152; eldr kom upp, fire came up, Ölk. 35, (hence elds-uppkoma, an upcome of fire, an eruption); ef nokkut kemr síðan sannara upp, Fms. vii. 121: þá kom þat upp at hann hafði beðit hennar, Eg. 587; kom þat upp af tali þeirra, at …, Fms. vii. 282; þat kom upp ( it ended so) at hverr skyldi vera vin annars, i. 58: to turn up, ek ætla mér góðan kost hvárn sem upp kemr, Eg. 715; mun nú hamingjan skipta hverr upp kemr, 418; at sakar görðisk eða upp kæmi, Grág. i. 27; skaut til Guðs sínu máli, ok bað hann láta þat upp koma er hann sæi at bazt gegni, Ó. H. 195, Stj. 385:—koma við, to touch, hit; sé eigi komið við, if it is not touched, Grág. ii. 65; komit var við hurðina, Fas. i. 30; at þeir skyldi koma við torfuna, Ld. 60; hefi ek aldrei svá reitt vápn at manni, at eigi hafi við komit, Nj. 185; hann kemr við margar sögur, he comes up, appears in many Sagas, Ld. 334; koma þeir allir við þessa sögu síðan, Nj. 30; sem ek kom við (as I mentioned, touched upon) í morgin, Fms. ii. 142; er mestr er, ok úskapligast komi við, Ld. 118: to fit, þat kemr lítt við, ‘tis not meet, it won’t do, Lv. 20; mun ek gefa þér tveggja dægra byr þann er bezt kemr við, Fas. iii. 619: koma við, to land, call; þeir vóru komnir við Ísland, Eg. 128; þeir kómu við Hernar, Nj. 4; þeir kómu suðr við Katanes, 127; þeir kómu við sker ( struck on a skerry) ok brutu stýri sín, Fms. ix. 164; hann hafði komit við hval, he had struck against a whale, Sturl. ii. 164; hence in mod. usage, koma við, to call, make a short stay, also on land: to be added to, tekr heldr at grána gamanit ok koma kveðlingar við, i. 21; koma þær nætr við inar fyrri, Rb. 58; þá koma enn ellefu nætr við, 22:—koma yfir, to overcome, pass over; íss er yfir kömr, Hm. 81; hvert kveld er yfir kom, Finnb. 230; hryggleikr kom yfir, 623. 57; at sá dagr myndi ekki yfir koma, Sks. 111.
    B. With the dat. of the object, to make to come, put, bring, carry; páfa þess, er Kristni (dat.) kom á England, who Christianised England, Íb. 14; koma mönnum til réttrar trúar, Fms. i. 146; koma orðum við e-n, to speak to a person; görðisk hann styggr svá at fáir menn máttu orðum við hann koma, i. e. that no one could come to words with him, Eg. 3; hann görði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma, Fms. i. 83, xi. 293; koma vélræðum við e-n, to plan against one, Eg. 49; koma flugu í munn e-m, Nj. 64, 68; þú skalt ekki láta í skorta at koma þeim í (málit) með þér, 271; hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðar-garða, make Thor come to G., Edda 60; hann kom Þorhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river, Þorst. Síðu H. 181; koma kaupi, to bring about a bargain, Gþl. 415; koma e-m í hel, to put one to death, Anal. 233; koma e-m til falls, to make one fall, Edda 34; koma e-m í sætt, Fs. 9; mun ek koma þér í sætt við konung, Eg. 227; hann kom sér í mikla kærleika við jarlinn, Nj. 268; koma sér í þjónustu, Fs. 84; koma sér vel, to put oneself in favour, be engaging; ek hefi komit mér vel hjá meyjum, Kormak; þeir komu sér vel við alla, Fas. iii. 529, Fs. 96, Nj. 66; koma sér ílla, to make oneself hated; það kemr sér ílla, it is ill seen, unpleasant; as also, það kemr sér vel, a thing is agreeable, acceptable; koma e-u til leiðar, to effect, make, Nj. 250, Eb. 118; koma e-u til vegar, id., Ld. 320; koma tölu á, to put, count on, count, number, Anal. 217; koma friði, sættum á, to bring peace, agreement about: hann kom þeim á flótta, he put them to flight, Fms. vii. 235; tóku þar allt er þeir kómu höndum á, all they could catch, ix. 473; koma e-m ór eldi, Fb. i. 300; tók hann merkit ok kom því (put it, hid it) í millum klæða sinna, Nj. 274: Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, 115; allt þat er bitið var ok blóði kom út á, where it was bitten so as to make blood flow, Fms. vii. 187.
    II. with prepp.; koma e-u fram, to effect; koma fram ferð, máli, Nj. 102; til lítils þætti þat koma, en enginn kvæmi sínu máli fram þótt til alþingis væri stefnt, 149, Fb. ii. 90; þat skal aldri verða at hann komi þessu fram, Eg. 765; ef ek kem hefndum fram, Ld. 262; koma fram lögum við e-n. Eg. 722:—koma e-u á, to bring about, introduce:—koma e-u af, to abolish; þó fékk hann því ekki af komit, Bs. i. 165; koma e-u af sér, to get rid of, Fs. 96, Eb. 40, 41:—koma e-u fyrir, to arrange; koma e-m fyrir, to get a place for one; hann kom honum fyrir í skóla: to destroy (fyrir-koma), hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir, Glúm. 356:—koma e-u upp, to open; áðr ek kom henni upp, before I could open it, Fms. iii. 74; kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma ( open), nú fær hón upp komit hörpunni, Fas. i. 233; hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, it was long before he could speak, utter a word, Fms. vi. 234; sá svarar er mátti máli upp koma, vii. 288:—koma e-m undir, to overthrow one, get one down; varð at kenna afls-munar áðr hann kæmi honum undir, Eb. 172:—koma e-m undan, to make one escape. Fms. vii. 265, 623. 18:—ek ætla at koma mér útan, I think to go abroad, Nj. 261:—koma e-u við, to bring about, effect, to be able to do; ek mun veita þér slíkt sem ek má mér við koma, as I can, Nj.; þú munt öðru koma við en gabba oss, Anal. 77; hann kom því við ( brought about) at engi skyldi fara með vápn, Fms. vii. 240; ef váttum kvæmi við, in a case where witnesses were at hand, Íb. 12; liðit flýði allt þat er því kom við, all that could fled, Eg. 529; Guðmundr hafði almanna-lof hversu hann kom sér við ( how he behaved) þessum málum, Nj. 251; komi þeir til er því koma við, who can, Gþl. 371; menn skyldi tala hljótt ef því kæmi við, Sturl. iii. 147; ef því kemr við, if it is possible, Gþl. 429; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, Fb. ii. 187; ekki mun oss þetta duga, at hann komi boganum við, Nj. 96.
    C. Reflex. komask, to come to the end, get through, reach, Lat. pervenire; the difference between the active and reflex. is seen from such phrases as, hann kemr ef hann kemst, he will come if he can; or, eg komst ekki á stað, I could not get off; eg komst ekki fyrir íllviðri, I could not come for bad weather; or, to come into a certain state, with the notion of chance, hap, komask í lífs háska, to come into danger of life; komask í skipreika, to be shipwrecked, and the like; Þorfinnr kom öngu hljóði í lúðrinn, ok komsk eigi upp blástrinn, Fms. ix. 30; komask á fætr, to get on one’s legs, Eg. 748; hann komsk við svá búit í ríki sitt, Hkr. i. 76; meina honum vötn eða veðr svá at hann má ekki komask til þess staðar, Grág. i. 496; hann komsk með sundi til lands, Eg. 261; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit fyrir þeim, Nj. 27; ef Gunnarr færi eigi utan ok mætti hann komask, 111; ef maðr byrgir mann inni í húsi, svá at hann má eigi út komask, so that he cannot get out, Grág. ii. 110; en allt fólk flýði með allt lausa-fé er með fékk komisk, with all the property they could carry with them, Fms. i. 153; ek komumk vel annar-staðar út, þótt hér gangi eigi, Nj. 202; komask á milli manna, to get oneself among people, intrude oneself, 168; komsk hann í mestu kærleika við konung, Eg. 12; komask at orði, to come by a word, to express oneself; einsog hann að orði komsk, passim.
    II. with prepp.; komast á, to get into use; það komst á:—komask af, to get off, escape, save one’s life; hann bað menn duga svá at af kæmisk skipit, Fms. x. 98; tveir druknuðu, en hinir kómusk af:—komask at e-u, to get at a thing, procure; mörgum manns-öldrum síðarr komsk at bók þeirri Theodosius, Niðrst. 10; Hrani gat komisk at trúnaði margra ríkra manna, Fms. iv. 62; þú hefir at þessum peningum vel komisk, ‘tis money well gotten, i. 256; eigi skaltú ílla at komask, thou shall not get it unfairly, vii. 124:—komast eptir, to enquire into, get information of:—komask fyrir, to prevent, come in another’s way:—koma hjá e-u, to evade, pass by, escape doing:—komast til e-s, to come towards, and metaph. to have time for a thing, ek komst ekki til þess, I have no time; eg komst ekki til að fara:—komask undan, to escape; allt þat lið er undan komsk, Eg. 261; ekki manns barn komsk undan, Fms. xi. 387; komask undan á flótta, Eg. 11:—komask við, to be able; komusk þeir ekki í fyrstu við atlöguna, Fms. vii. 264; ef hann vill refsa údáða-mönnum, ok má þó við komask, N. G. L. i. 123; brenn allt ok bæl, sem þú mátt við komask, Fær. 64; ef ek viðr of kœmimk, Hbl. 33; þá er ek komumk við, Eg. 319; komask við veðri, to get abroad, Rd. 252; hann lét þat ekki við veðri komask, Fms. vii. 165: to be touched (við-kvæmni), hann komsk við mjök ok felldi tár, iii. 57; eða hann komisk við ( repent) ok hverfi aptr at íllsku sinni, Greg. 41; þá komsk mjök við inn válaði, svá at hann matti eigi lengi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, Fms. vi. 234; þá komsk hón við ákaflega mjök, Clem. 32; með við komnu hjarta, with a touched heart, Bs. i. 561, Karl. 166:—komask yfir e-t, to overcome, get hold of; er hann komsk yfir fét, Bárð. 175.
    D. Part. kominn, in special phrases; inn komni maðr, a new comer, stranger, Gullþ. 47; at kominn, arrived; hinn aðkomni maðr, a guest; at kominn, just come to, on the brink of; kominn at andláti, at dauða, to be at the last gasp; var at komit, at …, it was on the point of happening, that …, Str. 8; vóru þeir mjök at komnir ( much exhausted) svá magrir vóru þeir, Fas. iii. 571:—heill kominn, hail! Blas. 42; vel kominn, welcome! vertu vel kominn! ver með oss vel kominn, Þiðr. 319, Fs. 158; hann bað þá vera vel komna, passim; so also, það er vel komið, ‘it is welcome,’ i. e. with great pleasure, granting a favour:—placed, ertu maðr sannorðr ok kominn nær frétt, Nj. 175; Pétri var svá nær komit, P. was so closely pursued, Fms. ix. 48; ok nú eigi allfjarri yðr komit, xi. 123; svá vel er sá uppsát komin, at …, ix. 368: situated, hann (the hospital) er kominn á fjall upp, is situated on a fell, Symb. 18; útsker þat er komit af þjóðleið, Eg. 369: metaph., vel, ílla kominn, well placed, in good, bad estate; ek þykjumk hér vel kominn; hann var vel til náms kominn, he was in a good place for learning, Bs. i. 153; þat fé er ílla komit er fólgit er í jörðu, Grett. 39 new Ed.; mér þykkir son minn hvergi betr kominn, methinks my son is nowhere better off, in better hands, Fms. vi. 5; lítt ertú nú kominn, Njarð. 376; þykkjumk ek hér vel kominn með þér, Nj. 258:—kominn af, or frá e-m, come of, descended from, Landn., Eb., passim:—kominn á sik vel, in a good state, accomplished, Orkn. 202; hverjum manni betr á sik kominn, Ld. 110; kominn á sik manna bezt, Ísl. ii. 203: vera á legg kominn, to be grown up, Fms. xi. 186; vera svá aldrs kominn, to be of such an age, Fs. 4, 13, Sturl. iii. 100, Fms. xi. 56; hér er allvel á komit, it suits well enough, Bs. i. 531: hann sagði henni hvar þá var komit, how matters stood, Nj. 271, Fms. ii. 152; hann undi vel við þar sem komit var, as it stood, in statu quo, Nj. 22; Sveinn segir honum sem komit var þessu máli, Fms. ii. 159; at svá komnu, as matters stand, Bs. i. 317; málum várum er komit í únýtt efni, Nj. 164, 190:—vera kominn til e-s, to be entitled to, have due to one; ef hann fengi þat er hann var eigi til kominn, Fms. x. 7; þeir er til einskis eru komnir, ix. 248; fá þeir margir af yðr sæmd mikla er til minna eru komnir, en hann, Eg. 111; þeim til sæmdar er til þess er kominn, Sks. 311, rétt komnir til konungdóms, rétt kominn til Noregs, right heir to the kingdom, to Norway, Fms. ix. 332; lézk Sigvaldi nú kominn til ráða við Astríði, xi. 104: fit for, entitled to, hann þótti vel til kominn at vera konungr yfir Danmörk, i. 65: shapen, þetta mál er svá til komit, vii. 130; sagðisk hann eigi verr til manns kominn en Sturla bróðir hans, Sturl.; eigi þóttusk þeir til minna vera komnir fyrir ættar sakir, entitled to less, Eb. 17.
    II. part. pres. komandi, a new comer, stranger, Fbr. 168, Stj. 525: one to come, future generations, verandum ok viðr-komendum, N. G. L. i. 121; allir menn verandi ok eptir-komandi, D. I. i. 3; komendr, pl. guests, comers.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > KOMA

  • 20 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Gadjits — Infobox musical artist | Name = The Gadjits Img capt = Img size = Landscape = Background = group or band Origin = Kansas City, Missouri, USA Genre = Ska Rock and Roll Years active = 1997 ndash;2004 Label = Joco Ska, Epitaph Records, Hellcat… …   Wikipedia

  • The Mysterious Mr. Quin —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Young and the Restless minor characters — The following are characters from the American soap opera The Young and the Restless who are notable for their actions or relationships, but who do not warrant their own articles. Contents 1 Current Characters 1.1 Genevieve …   Wikipedia

  • The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) —     The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     I. IN THE UNITED STATES     Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Shining (novel) — The Shining   First edition …   Wikipedia

  • The Lives of Others — Original German language poster Directed by Florian Henckel von Donnersmarck Produc …   Wikipedia

  • The Beatles' influence on popular culture — The Beatles influence on rock music and popular culture was and remains immense. Their commercial success started an almost immediate wave of changes including a shift from US global dominance of rock and roll to UK acts, from soloists to groups …   Wikipedia

  • The Channel (nightclub) — The Channel was a Boston music venue that was part of the underground arts community of south Boston (known as Fort Point).HistoryJoe Cicerone founded The Channel in 1980, choosing the name because the club sat at the edge of the Fort Point… …   Wikipedia

  • The Starship — was a former United Airlines Boeing 720B passenger jet, bought by Bobby Sherman and his manager, Ward Sylvester, and leased to touring musical artists in the mid 1970s. The Starship , N7201U (S/N: 17907), was the first B720 built. It was… …   Wikipedia

  • The Gaslight Cafe — was a coffee house located in the basement of 116 Macdougal Street, Greenwich Village, New York CityThe Gaslight was originally a basket house where unpaid performers would pass around a basket at the end of each set. Opened in 1958 by John… …   Wikipedia

  • The Pope —     The Pope     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Pope     (Ecclesiastical Latin papa from Greek papas, a variant of pappas father, in classical Latin pappas Juvenal, Satires 6:633).     The title pope, once used with far greater latitude (see below …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»